QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT
pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003

1-2360
(Commission file number)

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK
(State of Incorporation)
  13-0871985
(IRS Employer Identification Number)

ARMONK, NEW YORK
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10504
(Zip Code)

914-499-1900
(Registrant's telephone number)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

  Voting shares outstanding
at February 10, 2004

  Name of each exchange
on which registered


Capital stock, par value $.20 per share

 

1,699,415,513

 

New York Stock Exchange
Chicago Stock Exchange
Pacific Stock Exchange

6.45% Notes due 2007

 

 

 

New York Stock Exchange
5.375% Notes due 2009       New York Stock Exchange
7.50% Debentures due 2013       New York Stock Exchange
8.375% Debentures due 2019       New York Stock Exchange
7.00% Debentures due 2025       New York Stock Exchange
6.22% Debentures due 2027       New York Stock Exchange
6.50% Debentures due 2028       New York Stock Exchange
7.00% Debentures due 2045       New York Stock Exchange
7.125% Debentures due 2096       New York Stock Exchange

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

        Indicate by check mark whether registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  ý     No  o

        The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $142.7 billion.

Documents incorporated by reference:

        Portions of IBM's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 into Parts I, II and IV of Form 10-K.

        Portions of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004 into Part III of Form 10-K.





PART I

Item 1. Business:

        International Business Machines Corporation (IBM) was incorporated in the State of New York on June 16, 1911, as the Computing-Tabulating-Recording Co. (C-T-R), a consolidation of the Computing Scale Co. of America, the Tabulating Machine Co., and The International Time Recording Co. of New York. Since that time, IBM has focused on the intersection of business insight and technological invention, and its operations and aims have been international in nature. This was signaled 80 years ago, in 1924, when C-T-R changed its name to International Business Machines Corporation. And it continues today: IBM is the largest information technology company in the world, the world's largest business and technology services company, the world's largest consulting services organization, the world's largest information technology research organization, and the world's largest financier of information technology.

        * * *

        Over the past decade, IBM has been a leader in the IT market's shift of focus from selling hardware, software, and services, to the creation of solutions to clients' business problems. During the early years of the Internet's entry into mainstream commerce, communications and business operations in the mid-to late-1990s, value was created first through providing widespread access and then through the integration of business processes, such as supply chain, customer relationships and human resources. Today, IBM is once again leading the industry toward the more fundamental, industry-specific transformations of on demand business.

In its relationships with its clients, IBM has found that a majority of enterprises are concerned with four main issues:

    Demand for faster innovation

    Reducing expenses

    Integration across the organization's "value chain" (representing every transaction or interaction within an enterprise, with other enterprises, and with individuals)

    Demand for predictable return on investment

        By redesigning their business processes and organizational structure, supported by and enabled by new systems operating environments, these clients are seeking to become "On Demand" businesses.

        IBM defines an on demand business as an enterprise whose business processes are:

    Responsive to any client demand, market opportunity, or external threat;

    Integrated end-to-end across the company; and

    Integrated across industry value nets, the interconnected chains of partners, suppliers and clients.

        An essential aspect of an On Demand Operating Environment is that its infrastructure be based on industry-wide standards (commonly referred to as "open standards"). In IBM's view, an investment in such an infrastructure provides the greatest returns, rather than relying on proprietary control by a single company or affiliation of companies. One positive development in this regard is the emergence of "open source" operating systems and programming languages that benefit from further development by the business and information technology (IT) communities, as in the case of the Linux operating system or the Java programming language.

        However, to realize the full benefits of an on demand environment, solutions with the highest returns also require the transformation and integration of business processes within and among institutions.

        IBM's clients include many different kinds of enterprises, from sole proprietorships to the world's largest organizations, governments and companies, representing every major industry and endeavor.

1



Over the past decade, IBM has exited or greatly de-emphasized its involvement in consumer markets and divested itself of other non-core businesses to concentrate on the enterprise market. In IBM's view, the enterprise market represents approximately two-thirds of the IT industry's revenue, as well as twice the growth and three times the profits compared to consumer areas of the industry. As a result, IBM has made acquisitions and invested in emerging business opportunities important to its enterprise clients. Many of these investments have since grown to a point where their revenue and opportunity now can be considered part of IBM's mainline businesses. The majority of the company's enterprise business, which excludes the company's original equipment manufacturer (OEM) technology business, occurs in industries that are broadly grouped into six sectors around which the company's sales and distribution activities, as well as an increasing number of its services and products businesses are organized:

SECTOR

  INDUSTRIES
Financial Services   Banking
Financial Markets
Insurance
Public   Education
Government
Healthcare
Life Sciences
Industrial   Aerospace
Automotive
Defense
Chemical and Petroleum
Electronics
Distribution   Consumer Products
Retail
Travel
Transportation
Communications   Energy and Utilities
Media and Entertainment
Telecommunications
Small Medium Business   The majority of business in this sector have fewer than 1,000 employees

The IT Industry and IBM's Strategy

        IBM operates in both the business services and IT industries, which are comprised of the following three categories:

    Business Value

    Infrastructure Value

    Component Value

        The primary rationale for IBM's investments in the Component Value category is to provide a competitive advantage in the Infrastructure Value category, which in turn is considered a competitive advantage in the Business Value category.

        IBM sees a shift in revenue and profit growth up from Component Value to Infrastructure Value and into the Business Value category, where revenue and profit potential are thought to be greatest in the decade ahead.

2



Business Value:

Overview: Services and software to improve business performance for its Enterprise Computing clients. IBM helps its Enterprise Computing clients transform their business processes and gain competitive advantage by applying its skills and experience to processes specific to the client's industry or to business challenges across industries and processes. The company enters into long-term relationships and creates solutions for clients, on its own or in partnership with other companies, drawing upon its broad product and service offerings, and relying on its BCS organization, the capabilities of IBM Research, its experience in chip design and application, and the company's own viewpoint of developing trends in business and technology.

Strategy: Drive on demand business innovation

Capabilities:

      Business Consulting Services: Delivery of value to clients through consulting services for application innovation and systems integration, client relationship management, financial management, human capital, business strategy and change, supply chain management, and the transformation of business processes and operations. (Global Services)

      Customer financing: Lease and loan financing to clients and internal clients for terms generally between two and five years. (Global Financing)

      Engineering & Technology Services (E&TS): System and component design services, strategic outsourcing of clients' design teams, and technology and manufacturing consulting services. (Technology Group)

      On Demand Innovation Services (ODIS): IBM Research scientists and experts work with BCS consultants to analyze clients' business challenges and provide solutions that address these challenges. ODIS offers a number of cross-industry micropractices with deep expertise in business optimization, security, mobile enablement, information mining and more. (Global Services)

      Software and services to meet industry-specific needs: Solutions and applications built on an on demand, standards-based infrastructure to transform a process that is unique to specific industries. (All IBM Groups)

Infrastructure Value:

        Overview: Hardware, software and services integrated into a computing environment. Infrastructure Value concerns systems, such as high-volume server computers; middleware software that can interconnect disparate operating systems and applications with data; storage networks and devices. It also refers to such services as infrastructure management—whether on the client's premises or managed remotely at IBM's own facilities—and consulting about how to improve and strengthen the infrastructure and realize greater return on investment in it. Central to IBM's approach for building value in the infrastructure category is its support of open standards and its active promotion of Linux, the open source operating system, which helps IBM's clients control costs and allows them to benefit from the latest developments created by the Linux development community around the world. To support Linux development and deployment, IBM has enabled its servers and storage products to operate with Linux, IBM's leading middleware products are designed to work in a Linux environment, and Linux is a preferred choice for many of the company's services and consulting engagements.

Strategy: Deliver open and integrated offerings; expand partnerships; continue to exit select markets, such as application software.

3



Capabilities:

      Application management services: Application development, management, maintenance and support services for packaged software, as well as custom and legacy applications. (Global Services)

      Commercial financing: Short-term inventory and accounts receivable financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products. (Global Financing)

      DB2 information management software: Advanced database and content management software solutions that enable clients to leverage information on demand. (Software)

      e-business Hosting Services: Solutions for the management of clients' Web-based infrastructure and business applications, as well as a growing portfolio of industry-specific independent software vendor (ISV) solutions that are delivered as a service. (Global Services)

      Integrated Technology Services (ITS): Design, implementation, and maintenance of clients' technology infrastructures. (Global Services)

      Lotus software: Collaboration and messaging software that allows a company's employees, clients, vendors and partners to engage in real-time and asynchronous communication and knowledge management. (Software)

      Personal computers: Desktop and notebook computers featuring ThinkVantage Technologies that provide enterprises and end-users with increased productivity and cost-effectiveness. (Personal Systems Group)

      Printing systems: Production print solutions, on demand print-related solutions, enterprise workgroup print technologies, and print management software and services. (Personal Systems Group)

      Rational software: Integrated tools designed to improve an organization's software development processes and capabilities. (Software)

      Remarketing: The sale and lease of used equipment (primarily sourced from the conclusion of lease transactions) to new or existing clients. (Global Financing)

      Retail Store Solutions: Point-of-sale retail checkout equipment, software, and solutions. (Personal Systems Group)

      Servers: IBM eServer systems using IBM operating systems (zSeries and iSeries), as well as AIX, the IBM UNIX operating system (pSeries) and the Microsoft Windows operating system (xSeries). All servers can also run Linux, a key open-source operating system. (Systems Group and Software)

      Storage: Data storage products, including disk, tape and storage area networks. IBM continues to be the leading vendor in storage services. (Systems Group)

      Strategic Outsourcing Services: Competitive cost advantages through the outsourcing of processes and operations. (Global Services)

      Tivoli software: Software for infrastructure management, including security, change, configuration, job scheduling, storage capability, performance and availability. (Software)

      WebSphere software: Management of a wide variety of business processes using open standards to interconnect applications, data, and operating systems. (Software)

4



Component Value:

Overview: Component Value describes advanced semiconductor development and manufacturing for IBM's server and storage offerings, and services, technology and licenses provided to OEMs that create and market products requiring advanced chips and the other core technology elements.

Strategy: Leverage components for Infrastructure Value; continue to participate in select markets and to pursue outsourcing for manufacturing of select products.

Capabilities:

      Application Specific Integrated Circuits: Manufacturing of customized semiconductor products for clients. (Technology Group)

      Advanced Foundry: Full suite of semiconductor manufacturing and integrated supply chain services using either a client's or IBM's design. (Technology Group)

      Standard products and custom microprocessors: Semiconductors designed and manufactured primarily based upon IBM's PowerPC architecture. (Technology Group)

Business Segments

        Organizationally, the company's major operations comprise a Global Services segment; three hardware product segments—Systems Group, Personal Systems Group and Technology Group; a Software segment; and a Global Financing segment. See the IT Industry and IBM's Strategy section above for the specific capabilities relating to these business segments.

         Global Services is an important part of the company's strategy of providing insight and solutions to clients. While solutions often include industry-leading IBM software and hardware, other suppliers' products are also used if a specific client solution requires it. Global Services outsourcing contracts as well as BCS contracts with the U.S. Federal Government and its agencies are typically seven to ten years in duration. Other contracts range in periods generally up to one year, including consulting contracts and ITS.

        The company's new Business Transformation Outsourcing (BTO) capabilities combine the insight of BCS with the company's process outsourcing capabilities to assume responsibility for the operations and management of a client's business processes in areas including human resources, procurement, customer relations management, finance and administration, among others. The company will only enter into BTO agreements with clients when it believes that IBM can leverage its business knowledge and technology to drive client productivity and cost improvements. These generally are large-scale, multi-year contracts ranging up to ten years in length that include the operation transformation of the client's business processes. BTO engagements may include support and involvement of various business units that have capabilities such as BCS, Application Management Services, e-Business Hosting Services, middleware and hardware.

         Systems Group provides business solutions to clients. Approximately half of the Systems Group's sales transactions are through business partners and approximately 46 percent are direct to clients, slightly more than half of which are through the Web at ibm.com. While appropriately not reported as external revenue, hardware is also deployed to support Global Services solutions.

         Technology Group provides leading semiconductor technology and products, packaging solutions and engineering technology services to OEM clients (approximately 78 percent) and, although appropriately not reported as external revenue, to the Systems Group (approximately 21 percent).

        Using a "one-team" approach, Systems Group works hand-in-hand with the Technology Group on product planning and strategy given the high content level of Technology Group components inside Systems Group products. In recognition of the increasing degree of collaboration between the two segments and as discussed on page 118 of the IBM 2003 Annual Report which is hereby incorporated

5



by reference, the company combined the Systems Group and the Technology Group in the first quarter of 2004.

         Personal Systems Group includes the company's lines of personal computers, printers and point-of-sale terminals. These offerings are designed to assist clients to improve productivity and to reduce clients' total cost of ownership.

         Software consists primarily of middleware and operating systems software. Middleware software enables clients to integrate systems, processes, and applications across the clients' enterprise through the use of open standards. Middleware is designed to be the underlying support for applications provided by business partner independent software vendors (ISVs) who build industry- or process-specific applications according to open industry standards. Operating systems are the engines that run computers. Approximately 70 percent of Software volumes are directly with the end-user clients and about 20 percent are through Business Partners. While appropriately not reported as external revenue, the remainder is deployed internally to support Global Services solutions.

        Approximately 40 percent of external Software revenue relates to one-time charge (OTC) arrangements whereby the client pays one up-front payment for a lifetime license. Typically, arrangements for the sale of OTC software include one year of maintenance. The client can also purchase ongoing maintenance after the first year, which includes product upgrades and technical support. The remaining software is sold on a monthly license charge arrangement.

         Global Financing is described on pages 69 to 73 of the IBM 2003 Annual Report which are hereby incorporated by reference.

         Enterprise Investments develops and provides industry-specific IT solutions supporting the Hardware, Software and Global Services segments of the company. Primary product lines include product life cycle management software and document processing technologies. Product life cycle management software primarily serves the Industrial sector and helps clients manage the development and manufacturing of their products. Document processor products service the Financial Services sector and include products that enable electronic banking.

IBM Worldwide Organizations

        The following three company-wide organizations play key roles in IBM's delivery of value to its clients:

    Sales and Distribution Organization, and related sales channels

    Research, Development, and Intellectual Property

    Supply Chain

Sales & Distribution Organization

        IBM offers its products through its Global Sales and Distribution organizations. Consistent with IBM's focus on Business Value, the company's global corps of account representatives combine a deep understanding of each client's organizational and industry-specific needs with comprehensive knowledge of the products, technologies, and services offered by IBM and its network of business partners.

        IBM also offers its products through a variety of other internal and external channels: Four of these channels comprise IBM's Business Partner relationships, through which the company receives approximately one-third of its revenue.

Internal Routes-to-Market

        Global Services consultants: Particularly in selling end-to-end solutions for large, complex business challenges, IBM very often relies on the practitioners and consultants within its Global Services unit, as

6



these challenges generally require integrating services and on demand solutions from IBM and other suppliers.

        Hardware and software brand specialists: IBM's own hardware and software brand product specialists work face-to-face with clients, selling IBM platforms as part of a discrete technology platform decision, typically to "self-integrating" IT departments.

        ibm.com: Online and telephone sales and assistance operations handle basic commodity transactions for large enterprises and small-to-medium businesses.

Business Partners Routes-to-Market

        Global/major independent software vendors: ISVs deliver business process or industry-specific applications and, in doing so, often influence the sale of IBM hardware, middleware and services.

        Global/major systems integrators (SIs): SIs identify business problems and design solutions when Global Services is not the preferred systems integrator; they also sell computing infrastructures from IBM and its competitors.

        Regional ISVs and SIs: SIs identify the business problems, and ISVs deliver business process or industry-specific applications to medium-sized and large businesses requiring IBM computing infrastructure offerings.

        Solutions providers, resellers and distributors: Resellers sell IBM platforms and value-added services as part of a discrete technology platform decision to clients wanting third-party assistance.

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

        IBM's research and development (R&D) operations differentiate IBM from its competitors. IBM annually spends approximately $5 billion for R&D, including capitalized software costs, focusing its investments in high-growth opportunities. Recent such efforts include e-business, initiatives to support Linux, middleware software products, autonomic computing, advanced semiconductor technology, and other technologies supporting On Demand. As a result of innovations in these and other areas, IBM was once again awarded more U.S. patents in 2003 than any other company. This marks the 11th year in a row that IBM achieved this distinction.

        A key transformation that has been taking place over the past decade and continues today is the change in the focus and the culture of IBM's R&D organization to be more closely linked to and primarily driven by industry-specific and client-specific needs. Significant successes have been achieved by this changing focus, such as autonomic computing and Linux developments, as mentioned above.

        In addition to producing world-class products and solutions for the company's clients, the company's investments in R&D also result in intellectual property (IP) income. Some of IBM's technological breakthroughs are used exclusively in IBM products, while others are used by the company's licensees for their products when that new technology is not strategic to IBM's business goals. A third group is both used internally and licensed externally.

        In addition to these IP income sources, the company also generates value from its patent portfolio through cross-licensing arrangements and IP licensed in divestiture transactions. Cross-licensing arrangements involve licensing of the company's IP to a third party in exchange for the right to use third party's IP. The value of these other two sources is not readily apparent in the financial results on pages 54 and 74 of the IBM 2003 Annual Report which are hereby incorporated by reference, due to the fact that income on cross-licensing arrangements is recorded only to the extent cash is received. The value received by IBM for IP transferred in divestiture transactions is included in the overall gain or loss from the divestiture, not in the separately displayed IP income amounts on pages 54 and 74 of the IBM 2003 Annual Report which are hereby incorporated by reference.

7


Supply Chain

        Just as IBM works to transform its clients' supply chains for greater efficiencies and responsiveness to market conditions, IBM has undertaken a large-scale initiative to re-cast IBM's own supply chain as an on demand business operation, thereby turning what had previously been a cost/expense to be managed into a strategic advantage for the company and, ultimately, for its clients.

        IBM spends nearly $39 billion annually in its supply chain, procuring materials and services around the world. Prior to 2002, the company's supply, manufacturing, and distribution operations were spread across its product brands and service offerings. These are now integrated in one operating unit that can:

    Understand and respond to marketplace opportunities and external risks, as well as the needs of clients, employees and partners

    Convert fixed costs to variable costs

    Simplify and streamline internal operations to improve sales force productivity and processes and thereby, continuing to improve the experiences of the company's clients when working with IBM

    Reduce inventories

        The cost savings this unit generates provides two opportunities for the company: directly improve financial results mostly through improved gross profit margins or improve competitiveness and market share by passing some or all of the cost savings to clients. Accordingly, the cost savings generated by this unit will not always result in a dollar-for-dollar apparent gross margin improvement in the company's Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

        While these efforts are largely concerned with product manufacturing and delivery, IBM is also applying supply chain principles to service delivery across its solutions and services lines of business.

        By the end of 2003, the work of transforming and integrating its supply chain resulted in the lowest inventory levels for IBM in more than 20 years.

        In addition to its own manufacturing operations, the company uses a number of contract manufacturing (CM) companies around the world to manufacture IBM-designed products. The use of CM companies is intended to generate cost efficiencies and reduce time-to-market for certain IBM products. Some of the company's relationships with CM companies are exclusive. IBM has key relationships with Sanmina-SCI for the manufacture of many Intel-based products, or with Solectron for a significant portion of the manufacturing operations of Global Asset Recovery Services—an operation of Global Financing that restores end-of-lease personal computers and other IT equipment for resale. Further, some IBM-branded products are manufactured by third-party OEMs and then purchased by IBM and resold under the IBM brand.

Significant Factors Affecting IBM's Business

        Forward-looking and Cautionary Statements:     Certain statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 ("Reform Act"). The company may also make forward-looking statements in other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in materials delivered to stockholders and in press releases. In addition, the company's representatives may from time to time make oral forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Words such as "anticipates," "believes," "expects," "estimates," "intends," "plans," "projects," and similar expressions, may identify such forward-looking statements. The company assumes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. In accordance with the Reform Act, set forth below are cautionary statements that accompany those forward-looking statements. Readers should carefully review these cautionary statements as they identify certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements and from historical trends. The following cautionary statements are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors discussed

8



elsewhere in this Annual Report, in the company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in materials incorporated therein by reference.

        Economic Environment and Corporate IT Spending Budgets:     Although the diverse nature of IBM's capabilities somewhat mitigates the impact of economic volatility on IBM's results, the company's financial performance is impacted by overall marketplace spending. Although IT spending is an important driver of IBM's financial results, a key objective is to outperform key competitors and gain market share during strong and weak economic environments.

        Hardware and a large majority of the company's software business are more sensitive to changing demands associated with changes in the economic environment. The company's mix of offerings with contractual long-term cash and income streams and offerings with cyclical transaction-based sales, combined with the company's strategies discussed in the next two paragraphs, are designed to result in increased market share gains in strong and weak economies.

        Technology Group's Microelectronics business is also particularly sensitive to cyclical changes in that industry; although such sensitivity has been greatly reduced in recent years through the company's exit of some of the commodity segments of that industry, such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Movements in the general or industry-specific economic environment create financial opportunities and challenges with respect to the company's consulting business and certain of its inventories.

        To the extent demand for Global Services sharply and unexpectedly declines, the company may have excess people resources. As a result, the company may be required to decide whether to have a workforce action resulting in additional severance charges (which could result in charges to Selling, General and Administration expense), or to carry an underutilized consulting workforce in the hopes that the economic drop is short-term in nature (which could reduce services gross margins). Conversely, to the extent that the demand for Global Services sharply and unexpectedly increases, the company could be required to quickly identify and hire the correct number of consultants with the appropriate skills at the same time that its competitors have the same goals. The company manages these risks by forecasting future demand and by the selected use of subcontracted labor. As referenced above, the company's supply chain initiatives are also an integral part of managing these risks to the Global Services business.

        To the extent demand for hardware products sharply and unexpectedly declines, the company may be left with excess or obsolete inventory (which could result in write-downs to cost of goods sold and therefore, in lower gross margins). Management attempts to mitigate this risk by careful forecasting and through the supply chain initiatives discussed above. Part of the supply chain initiatives is the reduction of inventory levels on hand. Conversely, a sudden and unexpected rise in demand may result in supply constraints (which could reduce revenue and gross margins to the extent there are stranded fixed costs). Again, the company minimizes this risk through its supply chain initiatives that convert traditionally fixed cost and inflexible aspects of the supply chain into a variable and flexible source of supply: one of the pillars of an on demand business.

        Internal Business Transformation and Efficiency Initiatives:     Key to the success of IBM's strategy are its ongoing efforts to drive greater productivity and cost savings as IBM continues to transform itself into an on demand enterprise. Integral to these efforts will be the internal supply chain initiatives discussed above as well the company's efforts to manage the cost of its resources worldwide. These efforts will continue to include the rebalancing of skills, developing the most cost-effective workforce structure, and continuing to make company's compensation programs competitive and aligned with organizational units. The degree of continued success in this area will impact the amount of company expense and cost structure improvements, as well as the amount of competitive leverage it can apply by passing such savings along to clients.

        Technology Innovations:     IBM invests for new and innovative products and services. IBM has been moving away from commoditized categories of the IT industry and into areas where it can differentiate

9



itself through innovation, and by leveraging its investments in R&D. Examples include IBM's leadership position in the design and fabrication of Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs); the design of smaller, faster and energy-efficient semiconductor devices (using industry-leading innovations such as copper technology, silicon on insulator, silicon germanium, low-K dielectric, and nanotechnology); the design of "autonomic" or self-managing computing systems and "grid" computing networks that allow computers to share processing power; and the company's efforts to advance open technology standards such as Linux. In the highly competitive IT industry with large diversified competitors as well as smaller and nimble single-technology competitors, IBM's ability to continue its cutting-edge innovation is absolutely critical to maintaining and increasing market share. IBM is managing this risk by more closely linking its R&D organization to industry-specific and client-specific needs, as discussed on page 7 of this Form 10-K.

        Open Standards:     The broad adoption of open standards is essential to the computing model for e-business on demand. Without the open standards that enable all manner of computing platforms to communicate and work with one another, the integration of any client's internal systems, applications and processes remains a monumental and expensive task. The broad-based acceptance of open standards—rather than closed, proprietary architectures—also allows the computing infrastructure to more easily absorb new technical innovations. IBM is committed to fostering open standards because they benefit clients, because they are vital to the on demand computing model, and because their acceptance will expand growth opportunities across the entire business services and IT industry. IBM's support is evidenced by the enabling of its products to support open standards such as Linux, as well as its recent acquisition of Rational. Rational's software development tools can be used to develop and upgrade any other company's software products. Accordingly, this acquisition is a critical part of IBM's open standards strategy.

        Protection of Intellectual Property:     While the company's various proprietary intellectual property rights are important to its success, IBM believes its business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular patent or license, or any particular group of patents or licenses. IBM owns or is licensed under a number of patents, which vary in duration, relating to its products. Licenses under patents owned by IBM have been and are being granted to others under reasonable terms and conditions. These protections may not prevent competitors from independently developing products and services similar to or duplicative to the company's nor can there be any assurance that these protections will adequately deter misappropriation or improper use of the company's technology. Also, there can be no assurances that IBM will be able to obtain from third parties the licenses it needs in the future.

        Relationships with Critical Suppliers:     IBM's business employs a wide variety of components, supplies, services and raw materials from a substantial number of suppliers around the world. Certain of the company's businesses rely on single or limited number of suppliers, although the company makes every effort to assure that alternative sources are available if the need arises. The failure of the company's suppliers to deliver components, supplies, services and raw materials in sufficient quantities and in a timely manner could adversely affect the company's business.

        Seasonality of Revenues:     IBM's revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of the sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases. As a result, the company's results are difficult to predict. These factors historically have resulted in lower revenue in the first quarter than in the immediately preceding fourth quarter.

        Local Legal and Economic Conditions:     The company operates in more than 160 countries worldwide and derives more than half of its revenues from sales outside the United States. Changes in the laws or policies of the countries in which the company operates could affect the company's business in that country and the company's results of operations. The company's results of operations also could be affected by economic and political changes in those countries and by macroeconomic changes, including recessions and inflation.

10



        Competitive Conditions:     The company operates in businesses that are subject to intense competitive pressures. The company's businesses face a significant number of competitors, ranging from Fortune 50 companies to an increasing number of relatively small, rapidly growing and highly specialized organizations. The company believes that its combination of technology, performance, quality, reliability, price and the breadth of products and service offerings are important competitive factors.

        Intense competitive pressures could affect prices or demand for the company's products and services, resulting in reduced profit margins and/or loss of market opportunity. Unlike many of its competitors, the company has a portfolio of businesses and must allocate resources across these businesses while competing with companies that specialize in one or more of these product lines. As a result, the company may not fund or invest in certain of its businesses to the same degree that its competitors do and these competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources available to them than the businesses against which they compete.

        Volatility of Stock Prices:     The company's stock price is affected by a number of factors, including quarterly variations in results, the competitive landscape, general economic and market conditions and estimates and projections by the investment community. As a result, like other technology companies, the company's stock price is subject to significant volatility.

        Dependence on and Compensation of Key Personnel:     Much of the future success of the company depends on the continued service and availability of skilled personnel, including technical, marketing and staff positions. Experienced personnel in the information technology industry are in high demand and competition for their talents is intense. There can be no assurance that the company will be able to successfully retain and attract the key personnel it needs. Many of the company's key personnel receive a total compensation package that includes stock options and other equity awards. New regulations, volatility in the stock market and other factors could diminish the value of the company's equity awards, putting the company at a competitive disadvantage or forcing the company to use more cash compensation.

        Currency and Customer Financing Risks:     The company derives a significant percentage of its non-U.S. revenues from its affiliates operating in local currency environments and its results are affected by changes in the relative values of non-U.S. currencies and the U.S. dollar. Further, inherent in the company's customer financing business are risks related to the concentration of credit risk and the creditworthiness of the client, interest rate and currency fluctuations on the associated debt and liabilities and the determination of residual values. The company employs a number of strategies to manage these risks, including the use of derivative financial instruments. Derivatives involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty. In addition, there can be no assurance that the company's efforts to manage these risks will be successful.

        Distribution Channels:     The company offers its products directly and through a variety of third party distributors and resellers. Changes in the financial or business condition of these distributors and resellers could subject the company to losses and affect its ability to bring its products to market.

        Acquisitions and Alliances:     The company has made and expects to continue to make acquisitions or enter into alliances from time to time. Acquisitions and alliances present significant challenges and risks relating to the integration of the business into the company, and there can be no assurances that the company will manage acquisitions and alliances successfully.

        Backlog:     The value of unfilled orders is not a meaningful indicator of future revenues from the company's product offerings due to the significant proportion of revenue from services, the volume of products delivered from shelf inventories, and the shortening of product delivery schedules. With respect to the company's Global Services segment, in 2003 the company signed contracts totaling $55 billion, which contributed to a services backlog at December 31, 2003 of $120 billion, compared with $112 billion at the end of 2002.

11



        The following information is included in IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference:

      Segment information and revenue by classes of similar products or services—pages 117 to 121.

      Financial information by geographic areas—page 121.

      Amount spent during each of the last three years on R&D activities—page 104.

      Financial information regarding environmental activities—pages 99 and 100.

      The number of persons employed by the registrant—page 69.

      The management discussion overview—pages 43 to 44.

      Available information—inside back cover.


Item 2. Properties:

        At December 31, 2003, IBM's manufacturing and development facilities in the United States had aggregate floor space of 33 million square feet, of which 24 million was owned and 9 million was leased. Of these amounts, 4 million square feet was vacant and 2 million square feet was being leased to non-IBM businesses. Similar facilities in 15 other countries totaled 10 million square feet, of which 6 million was owned and 4 million was leased. Of these amounts, 1 million square feet was being leased to non-IBM businesses.

        Although improved production techniques, productivity gains and infrastructure reduction actions have resulted in reduced manufacturing floor space, continuous upgrading of facilities is essential to maintain technological leadership, improve productivity, and meet customer demand.

Executive Officers of the Registrant (at March 8, 2004):

 
  Age
  Officer since
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer        
Samuel J. Palmisano(1)   52   1997

Senior Vice Presidents:

 

 

 

 
Nicholas M. Donofrio, Group Executive   58   1995
Douglas T. Elix, Group Executive   55   1999
J. Bruce Harreld, Strategy   53   1995
Paul M. Horn, Research   57   1996
Jon C. Iwata, Communications   41   2002
John R. Joyce, Chief Financial Officer   50   1999
John E. Kelly III, Group Executive   50   2000
Abby F. Kohnstamm, Marketing   50   1998
J. Michael Lawrie, Group Executive   50   2001
Edward M. Lineen, General Counsel   63   2002
Mark Loughridge, Group Executive   50   1998
J. Randall MacDonald, Human Resources   55   2000
Steven A. Mills, Group Executive   52   2000
Robert W. Moffat, Jr., Group Executive   47   2002
Linda S. Sanford, Group Executive   51   2000
Stephen M. Ward, Jr., Group Executive   48   2003
William M. Zeitler, Group Executive   56   2000

Vice Presidents:

 

 

 

 
Daniel E. O'Donnell, Secretary   56   1998
Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Treasurer   58   2002
Robert F. Woods, Controller   48   2000

(1)
Member of the Board of Directors.

12


        All executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors and serve until the next election of officers in conjunction with the annual meeting of the stockholders as provided in the By-laws. Each executive officer named above, with the exception of J. Randall MacDonald and Jesse J. Greene, Jr. have been an executive of IBM or its subsidiaries during the past five years.

        Mr. MacDonald was with GTE (now Verizon Communications), a telecommunications company, as executive vice president of human resources and administration until joining IBM in 2000. He was with GTE for 17 years holding positions of increasing responsibility. Before joining GTE, Mr. MacDonald held human resources positions at Ingersoll-Rand Corporation and Sterling Drug, Inc.

        Mr. Greene was with Compaq Computer Corporation (now a part of Hewlett-Packard Company), a computer company, as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until joining IBM in 2002. He was with Compaq for two years. Before joining Compaq, Mr. Greene served as Corporate Senior Vice President and Director of Business Strategy and Information Technology at Eastman Kodak Company. During six years at Kodak, Mr. Greene held a number of financial positions including Vice President of Finance and Treasurer. Before joining Kodak, Mr. Greene spent 23 years at IBM in a variety of financial positions including Assistant Treasurer.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings:

        Refer to note O "Contingencies and Commitments" on pages 101 to 103 of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders:

        Not applicable.


PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters:

        Refer to page 123 and the inside back cover of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which are incorporated herein by reference solely as they relate to this item.

        IBM common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Chicago Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange. There were 673,607 common stockholders of record at February 10, 2004.


Item 6. Selected Financial Data:

        Refer to pages 122 and 123 of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

        Refer to pages 43 through 73 of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks:

        Refer to the section titled "Market Risk" on page 68 of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which is incorporated herein by reference.

13



Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

        Refer to pages 42 and 74 through 121 of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which are incorporated herein by reference. Also refer to the Financial Statement Schedule on page S-1 of this Form.


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure:

        Not applicable.


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures:

        The company's management evaluated, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. There has been no change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to material affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting.


PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant:

        Refer to pages 5 through 7 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, which are incorporated herein by reference. Also refer to Item 2 entitled "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Form. Also refer to the sections titled "Committees of the Board" and "Audit Committee" on pages 8 and 9 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, and the section titled "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" on page 10 of such Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference. IBM's website (www.ibm.com/investor/corporategovernance) contains IBM's Business Conduct Guidelines (BCGs), which is the company's code of business conduct and ethics for its directors, executive officers and employees. Any amendment to the BCGs that applies to the company's directors or executive officers will be disclosed on IBM's website, and any waiver of the BCGs for directors or executive officers may be made only by the IBM Board of Directors or a Board committee and will be disclosed on IBM's website. The BCGs are available in print to any stockholder who requests them.


Item 11. Executive Compensation:

        Refer to pages 12 through 20 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, which are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters:

        Refer to the section titled "Ownership of Securities" appearing on pages 10 and 11 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference. Also refer to the section titled "Equity Compensation Plan Information" appearing on page 24 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.

14



Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions:

        Refer to the section entitled "Other Relationships" appearing on page 9 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services:

        Refer to the section entitled "Audit and Non-Audit Fees" appearing on page 21 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K:

    (a)
    The following documents are filed as part of this report:

    1.
    Financial statements from IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders which are incorporated herein by reference:

Page
  Schedule
Number

   
20       Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule.
21       Report of Independent Auditors.
S-1   II   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.

        All other schedules are omitted as the required matter is not present, the amounts are not significant or the information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

15


3     By-laws of IBM as amended through March 1, 2004

12

 


 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings From Continuing Operations to Fixed Charges and Earnings From Continuing Operations to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

13

 


 

IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders, certain sections of which have been incorporated herein by reference.

21

 


 

Parents and Subsidiaries.

23.1

 


 

Consent of Independent Auditors.

23.2

 


 

Consent of Independent Auditors.

24.1

 


 

Powers of Attorney.

24.2

 


 

Certified Resolutions of the IBM Board of Directors authorizing execution of this report by Powers of Attorney.

31.1

 


 

Certification by CEO pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) or 15D-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

 


 

Certification by CFO pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) or 15D-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

 


 

Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2

 


 

Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

16


        Not included in this Form 10-K:

  The Certificate of Incorporation of IBM is Exhibit (3)(i) to Form 8-K filed April 28, 1999, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM 2001 Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-87708 on Form S-8, filed on May 7, 2002, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM 1999 Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-30424 on Form S-8, filed on February 15, 2000, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM 1997 Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-31305 on Form S-8, filed on July 15, 1997, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM PwCC Acquisition Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-102872 on Form S-8, filed on January 31, 2003, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

Board of Directors compensatory plans, as described under "Directors' Compensation" on page 10 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

IBM Board of Directors Deferred Compensation and Equity Award Plan is Exhibit X to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan is Appendix B to IBM's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 14, 1995, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-33692 as Exhibit 4 on Form S-8, filed March 31, 2000, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM Supplemental Executive Retention Plan is Exhibit VII to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM Extended Tax Deferred Savings Plan is Exhibit X to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The IBM 2003 Employees Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth in Appendix A of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2003, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 7.50% Debentures due 2013 are Exhibits 4(a) through 4(l) to Registration Statement No. 33-49475(1) on Form S-3, filed May 24, 1993, and are hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The instruments defining the rights of holders of the 8.375% Debentures due 2019 are Exhibits 4(a)(b)(c) and (d) to Registration Statement 33-31732 on Form S-3, filed on October 24, 1989, and are hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The instruments defining the rights of holders of the 7.00% Debentures due 2025 and the 7.00% Debentures due 2045 are Exhibit 2 and 3 to Form 8-K, filed on October 30, 1995, and are hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The instrument defining the rights of holders of the 7.125% Debentures due 2096 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K/A, filed on December 6, 1996, and is hereby incorporated by reference.
     

17




 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 6.45% Notes due 2007 and the 6.22% Debentures due 2027 are Exhibits 2 and 3 to Form 8-K, filed on August 1, 1997, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 6.50% Debentures due 2028 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K, filed on January 8, 1998, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 5.375% Notes due 2009 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K, filed on January 29, 1999, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


 

IBM's definitive Proxy Statement filed on or about March 8, 2004, certain sections of which have been incorporated herein by reference.

        The company filed Form 8-K on October 15, 2003, with respect to the company's financial results for the periods ended September 30, 2003, and included unaudited Consolidated Statement of Earnings, Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Segment Data for the periods ended September 30, 2003. In addition, IBM's Chief Financial Officer John R. Joyce's third quarter earnings presentation to securities analysts on Wednesday, October 15, 2003, was filed as Attachment II and Attachment III of the Form 8-K.

        The company filed Form 8-K on October 28, 2003, containing its press release announcing that Joan E. Spero had been elected to the board, effective January 1, 2004.

18



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
(Registrant)

 

 

By:

/s/  
SAMUEL J. PALMISANO       
(Samuel J. Palmisano)
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Date: March 8, 2004

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   JOHN R. JOYCE       
(John R. Joyce)
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer   March 8, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT F. WOODS       
(Robert F. Woods)

 

Vice President and Controller

 

March 8, 2004
  
Cathleen Black
  
  
Kenneth I. Chenault
  
  
Nannerl O. Keohane
  
  
Charles F. Knight
  
  
Lucio A. Noto
  
  
John B. Slaughter
 
 
Joan E. Spero
 
 
Sidney Taurel
 
 
Alex Trotman
  
  
Charles M. Vest
    
Director
  
  
Director
  
  
Director
 
 
Director
 
 
Director
 
 
Director
  
  
Director
  
  
Director
  
  
Director
  
  
Director
 






By:
 
 
 
    







/s/ Daniel E. O'Donnell

Daniel E. O'Donnell
Attorney-in-fact
March 8, 2004

19



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
International Business Machines Corporation:

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated January 15, 2004 appearing on page 42 of the 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders of International Business Machines Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the Financial Statement Schedule listed in Item 15(a)2 of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this Financial Statement Schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
January 15, 2004

20



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION:

        We have audited the statement of assets and liabilities of the Business Consulting Services Reporting Unit (the "Reporting Unit") (a reporting unit as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142), of International Business Machines Corporation (the "Company") as of December 31, 2003 and the related statement of revenues and expenses (collectively, the "statements") for the three months then ended (not separately presented herein). These statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The statements were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for use by the Company in connection with its various filings with the Commission). Certain corporate assets, liabilities and corporate expenses, that are not the responsibility of the Reporting Unit, and which have not been allocated, have been excluded from the statements. Accordingly, these statements are not intended to be a complete presentation of the financial position or results of operations of the Reporting Unit.

        In our opinion, the statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the assets and liabilities and the revenues and expenses of the Reporting Unit as of December 31, 2003 and for the three months then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
January 15, 2004

21



SCHEDULE II


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
For the Years Ended December 31:
(Dollars in Millions)

Description

  Balance at
Beginning
of Period

  Additions
Charged
to Costs
and Expenses

  Write-offs
  Other (A)
  Balance at
End of
Period

Allowance For Doubtful Accounts                              
2003                              
  —Current   $ 1,312   $ 158   $ 476   $ 106   $ 1,100
   
 
 
 
 
  —Noncurrent   $ 109   $ 49   $ 39   $   $ 119
   
 
 
 
 
2002                              
  —Current   $ 984   $ 628   $ 349   $ 49   $ 1,312
   
 
 
 
 
  —Noncurrent   $ 97   $ 45   $ 54   $ 21   $ 109
   
 
 
 
 
2001                              
  —Current   $ 860   $ 418   $ 269   $ (25 ) $ 984
   
 
 
 
 
  —Noncurrent   $ 87   $ 73   $ 49   $ (14 ) $ 97
   
 
 
 
 
Allowance For Inventory Losses                              
2003   $ 696   $ 407   $ 442   $ 60   $ 721
   
 
 
 
 
2002   $ 726   $ 780   $ 790   $ (20 ) $ 696
   
 
 
 
 
2001   $ 695   $ 590   $ 582   $ 23   $ 726
   
 
 
 
 

(A)
Primarily comprises currency translation adjustments.

S-1



EXHIBIT INDEX

Reference Number per Item 601 of Regulation SK
  Description of Exhibits
  Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K

(2)   Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession   Not applicable

(3)

 

Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

 

3

 

 

The Certificate of Incorporation of IBM is Exhibit (3)(i) to Form 8-K filed April 28, 1999, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The By-laws of IBM as amended through March 1, 2004

 

 

(4)

 

Instruments defining the rights of security holders

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 7.50% Debentures due 2013 are Exhibits 4(a) through 4(l) to Registration Statement No. 33-49475(1) on Form S-3, filed May 24, 1993, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 8.375% Debentures due 2019 are Exhibits 4(a)(b)(c) and (d) to Registration Statement No. 33-31732 on Form S-3, filed on October 24, 1989, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 7.00% Debentures due 2025 and the 7.00% Debentures due 2045 are Exhibits 2 and 3 to Form 8-K, filed on October 30, 1995, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 7.125% Debentures due 2096 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K/A, filed on December 6, 1996, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 6.45% Notes due 2007 and the 6.22% Debentures due 2027 are Exhibit 2 and 3 to Form 8-K, filed on August 1, 1997, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 6.50% Debentures due 2028 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K, filed on January 8, 1998, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 5.375% Notes due 2009 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K, filed on January 29, 1999, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

(9)

 

Voting trust agreement

 

Not applicable

(10)

 

Material contracts

 

 

 

 

The IBM 2001 Long-Term Performance Plan is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-87708 on Form S-8, filed on May 7, 2002, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 
         


 

 

The IBM 1999 Long-Term Performance Plan is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-30424 on Form S-8, filed on February 15, 2000, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM 1997 Long-Term Performance Plan is contained in Registration Statement No. 33-331305 on Form S-8, filed on July 15, 1997, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM PwCC Acquisition Long-Term Performance Plan is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-102872 on Form S-8, filed on January 31, 2003, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors compensatory arrangements as described under "Directors' Compensation" on pages 9 and 10 of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2003, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM Supplemental Executive Retention Plan is Exhibit VII to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is contained in Registration Statement No. 333-33692 as Exhibit 4 on Form S-8, filed March 31, 2000, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM Board of Directors Deferred Compensation and Equity Award Plan is Exhibit X to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan is Appendix B to IBM's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 14, 1995, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM Extended Tax Deferred Savings Plan is Exhibit X to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

 

 

The IBM 2003 Employees Stock Purchase Plan, set forth in Appendix A of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2003, and is hereby incorporated by reference*

 

 

(11)

 

Statement re computation of per share earnings

 

 

 

 

The statement re computation of per share earnings is note T, "Earnings Per Share of Common Stock" on page 108 of IBM's 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

(12)

 

Statement re computation of ratios

 

12

(13)

 

Annual report to security holders

 

13

(18)

 

Letter re change in accounting principles

 

Not applicable

(19)

 

Previously unfiled documents

 

Not applicable

(21)

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant

 

21
         


(22)

 

Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders

 

Not applicable

(23.1)

 

Consent of experts

 

23.1

(23.2)

 

Consent of experts

 

23.2

(24.1)

 

Powers of attorney

 

24.1

(24.2)

 

Certified Resolutions of the IBM Board of Directors authorizing execution of this report by Powers of Attorney

 

24.2

(28)

 

Information from reports furnished to state insurance regulatory authorities

 

Not applicable

(31.1)

 

Certification by CEO pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) or 15D-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.1

(31.2)

 

Certification by CFO pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) or 15D-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.2

(32.1)

 

Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1

(32.2)

 

Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2

*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



QuickLinks

PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES For the Years Ended December 31: (Dollars in Millions)
EXHIBIT INDEX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 3


BY-LAWS

of

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION

Adopted April 29, 1958

As Amended Through

March 1, 2004




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  PAGE
ARTICLE I    
Definitions   1
ARTICLE II    
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS    
SEC. 1.   Place of Meetings   1
SEC. 2.   Annual Meetings   1
SEC. 3.   Special Meetings   2
SEC. 4.   Notice of Meetings   2
SEC. 5.   Quorum   2
SEC. 6.   Organization   3
SEC. 7.   Items of Business   3
SEC. 8.   Voting   4
SEC. 9.   List of Stockholders   5
SEC. 10.   Inspectors of Election   5

ARTICLE III

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

SEC. 1.

 

General Powers

 

6
SEC. 2.   Number; Qualifications; Election; Term of Office   6
SEC. 3.   Place of Meetings   6
SEC. 4.   First Meeting   6
SEC. 5.   Regular Meetings   6
SEC. 6.   Special Meetings   6
SEC. 7.   Notice of Meetings   6
SEC. 8.   Quorum and Manner of Acting   7
SEC. 9.   Organization   7
SEC. 10.   Resignations   7
SEC. 11.   Vacancies   7
SEC. 12.   Retirement of Directors   7

ARTICLE IV

 

 

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

 

 

SEC. 1.

 

Executive Committee

 

8
SEC. 2.   Powers of the Executive Committee   8
SEC. 3.   Meetings of the Executive Committee   8
SEC. 4.   Quorum and Manner of Acting of the Executive Committee   9
SEC. 5.   Other Committees   9
SEC. 6.   Changes in Committees; Resignations; Removals; Vacancies   10
         

-i-



ARTICLE V

 

 

OFFICERS

 

 

SEC. 1.

 

Number and Qualifications

 

10
SEC. 2.   Resignations   10
SEC. 3.   Removal   11
SEC. 4.   Vacancies   11
SEC. 5.   Chairman of the Board   11
SEC. 6.   Vice Chairman of the Board   11
SEC. 7.   President   11
SEC. 8.   Designated Officers   12
SEC. 9.   Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents   12
SEC. 10.   Treasurer   12
SEC. 11.   Secretary   13
SEC. 12.   Controller   14
SEC. 13.   Compensation   14

ARTICLE VI

 

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

 

 

SEC. 1.

 

Execution of Contracts

 

14
SEC. 2.   Loans   14
SEC. 3.   Checks, Drafts, etc   15
SEC. 4.   Deposits   15
SEC. 5.   General and Special Bank Accounts   15
SEC. 6.   Indemnification   15

ARTICLE VII

 

 

SHARES

 

 

SEC. 1.

 

Stock Certificates

 

16
SEC. 2.   Books of Account and Record of Stockholders   16
SEC. 3.   Transfers of Stock   16
SEC. 4.   Regulations   17
SEC. 5.   Fixing of Record Date   17
SEC. 6.   Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates   17
SEC. 7.   Inspection of Records   18
SEC. 8.   Auditors   18

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

OFFICES

 

 

SEC. 1.

 

Principal Office

 

18
SEC. 2.   Other Offices   18
         

-ii-



ARTICLE IX

 

 

Waiver of Notice

 

18

ARTICLE X

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

19

ARTICLE XI

 

 

Seal

 

19

ARTICLE XII

 

 

Amendments

 

19

-iii-



BY-LAWS
OF
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        In these By-laws, and for all purposes hereof, unless there be something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:


ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

        SECTION 1.     Place of Meetings.     Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place either within or outside the State of New York as may from time to time be fixed by the Board or specified or fixed in the notice of any such meeting.

        SECTION 2.     Annual Meetings.     The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the last Tuesday of April of each year, if not a legal holiday, or, if such day shall be a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday. If any annual meeting shall not be held on the day designated herein, or if the directors to be elected at such annual meeting shall not have been elected thereat or at any adjournment thereof, the Board shall forthwith call a special meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors to be held as soon thereafter as convenient and give notice thereof as provided in these By-laws in respect of the notice of an annual meeting of the stockholders. At such special meeting the stockholders may elect the directors and transact other business with the same force and effect as at an annual meeting of the stockholders duly called and held.

        SECTION 3.     Special Meetings.     Special meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise provided by law, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or by the Board.

        SECTION 4.     Notice of Meetings.     Notice of each meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, shall be given in the name of the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President or the Secretary. Such notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and the date and hour when and the place where it is to be held. A copy thereof shall be duly delivered or transmitted to all stockholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting, and all stockholders of record who, by reason of any action proposed to be taken at such meeting, would be entitled to have their stock appraised if such action were taken, not less than ten or more than sixty days before the day on which the meeting is called to be held. If mailed, such copy

1



shall be directed to each stockholder at the address listed on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or if the stockholder shall have filed with the Secretary a written request that notices be mailed to some other address, it shall be mailed to the address designated in such request. Nevertheless, notice of any meeting of the stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall waive notice thereof as hereinafter provided in Article IX of these By-laws. Except when expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders need not be given nor shall publication of notice of any annual or special meeting thereof be required.

        SECTION 5.     Quorum.     Except as otherwise provided by law, at all meetings of the stockholders, the presence of holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation having voting power, in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting or any adjournment or adjournments thereof, a majority in voting interest of those present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, or, in the absence of all the stockholders, any officer entitled to preside at, or to act as secretary of, such meeting, may adjourn such meeting from time to time without further notice, other than by announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment shall be taken, until a quorum shall be present thereat. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

        SECTION 6.     Organization.     At each meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Vice Chairman of the Board, or if the Chairman of the Board, the President, and all Vice Chairmen of the Board shall be absent therefrom, an Executive Vice President, or if the Chairman of the Board, the President, all Vice Chairmen of the Board and all Executive Vice Presidents shall be absent therefrom, a Senior Vice President shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, if the Secretary shall be absent from such meeting or unable to act, the person whom the Chairman of such meeting shall appoint secretary of such meeting shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

        SECTION 7.     Items of Business.     The items of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be, insofar as applicable, as follows:

        Any items of business not referred to in the foregoing may be taken up at the meeting as the chairman of the meeting shall determine.

        No other business shall be transacted at any annual meeting of stockholders, except business as may be: (i) specified in the notice of meeting (including stockholder proposals included in the Corporation's proxy materials under Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or

2



(iii) a proper subject for the meeting which is timely submitted by a stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting who complies fully with the notice requirements set forth below.

        For business to be properly submitted by a stockholder before any annual meeting under subparagraph (iii) above, a stockholder must give timely notice in writing of such business to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be considered timely, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 120 calendar days nor more than 150 calendar days before the date of the Corporation's proxy statement released to stockholders in connection with the prior year's annual meeting.

        However, if no annual meeting was held in the previous year, or if the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Secretary not later than 60 days before the date the Corporation commences mailing of its proxy materials in connection with the applicable annual meeting.

        A stockholder's notice to the Secretary to submit business to an annual meeting of stockholders shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of stock held of record and beneficially by such stockholder, (iii) the name in which all such shares of stock are registered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, (iv) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear at the meeting in person or by proxy to submit the business specified in such notice, (v) a brief description of the business desired to be submitted to the annual meeting, including the complete text of any resolutions intended to be presented at the annual meeting, and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (vi) any personal or other material interest of the stockholder in the business to be submitted, and (vii) all other information relating to the proposed business which may be required to be disclosed under applicable law. In addition, a stockholder seeking to submit such business at the meeting shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

        The chairman of the meeting shall determine all matters relating to the efficient conduct of the meeting, including, but not limited to, the items of business, as well as the maintenance of order and decorum. The chairman shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare that any putative business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 7, in which case such business shall not be transacted.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, a stockholder who seeks to have any proposal included in the Corporation's proxy materials shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-8 under Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        SECTION 8.     Voting.     Except as otherwise provided by law, each holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation having voting power shall be entitled at each meeting of the stockholders to one vote for every share of such stock standing in the stockholder's name on the record of stockholders of the Corporation:

        Any vote on stock of the Corporation at any meeting of the stockholders may be given by the stockholder of record entitled thereto in person or by proxy appointed by such stockholder or by the

3


stockholder's attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered or transmitted to the secretary of such meeting at or prior to the time designated in the order of business for turning in proxies. At all meetings of the stockholders at which a quorum shall be present, all matters (except where otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws) shall be decided by the vote of a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat. Unless required by law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by the stockholder's proxy as such, if there be such proxy.

        SECTION 9.     List of Stockholders.     A list, certified by the Secretary, of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote shall be produced at any meeting of the stockholders upon the request of any stockholder of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.

        SECTION 10.     Inspectors of Election.     Prior to the holding of each annual or special meeting of the stockholders, two inspectors of election to serve thereat shall be appointed by the Board, or, if the Board shall not have made such appointment, by the Chairman of the Board. If there shall be a failure to appoint inspectors, or if, at any such meeting, any inspector so appointed shall be absent or shall fail to act or the office shall become vacant, the chairman of the meeting may, and at the request of a stockholder present in person and entitled to vote at such meeting shall, appoint such inspector or inspectors of election, as the case may be, to act thereat. The inspectors of election so appointed to act at any meeting of the stockholders, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall be sworn faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting, with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability, and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. Such inspectors of election shall take charge of the polls, and, after the voting on any question, shall make a certificate of the results of the vote taken. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.


ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        SECTION 1.     General Powers.     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board. The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

        SECTION 2.     Number; Qualifications; Election; Term of Office.     The number of directors of the Corporation shall be thirteen, but the number thereof may be increased to not more than twenty-five, or decreased to not less than nine, by amendment of these By-laws. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders. At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the persons receiving a plurality of the votes at such election shall be elected. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of the stockholders which shall be held next after the election of such director and until a successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until death, or until the director shall have resigned as hereinafter provided in Section 10 of this Article III.

        SECTION 3.     Place of Meetings.     Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place either within or outside State of New York as may from time to time be fixed by the Board or specified or fixed in the notice of any such meeting.

        SECTION 4.     First Meeting.     The Board shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, on the same day the annual meeting of stockholders is held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. Such meeting may be held at any other time or place which shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 7 of this Article III.

4



        SECTION 5.     Regular Meetings.     Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at times and dates fixed by the Board or at such other times and dates as the Chairman of the Board shall determine and as shall be specified in the notice of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these By-laws.

        SECTION 6.     Special Meetings.     Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board.

        SECTION 7.     Notice of Meetings.     Notice of each special meeting of the Board (and of each regular meeting for which notice shall be required) shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 7, in which notice shall be stated the time, place and, if required by law or these By-laws, the purposes of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each director, by first-class mail, at least four days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent by facsimile transmission or comparable medium, or be delivered personally or by telephone, at least twenty-four hours before the time at which such meeting is to be held. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director who shall waive notice thereof as provided in Article IX of these By-laws. Any meeting of the Board shall be a legal meeting without notice thereof having been given, if all the directors of the Corporation then holding office shall be present thereat.

        SECTION 8.     Quorum and Manner of Acting.     A majority of the Board shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting. Participation in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other shall constitute presence in person at a meeting. Except as otherwise expressly required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation and except also as specified in Section 1, Section 5, and Section 6 of Article IV, in Section 3 of Article V and in Article XII of these By-laws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present thereat. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. The directors shall act only as a Board and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

        SECTION 9.     Organization.     At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman of the Board, or in the case of the Chairman's absence therefrom, the President, or in the case of the President's absence therefrom, a Vice Chairman, or in the case of the absence of all such persons, another director chosen by a majority of directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary, or if the Secretary shall be absent from such meeting, any person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

        SECTION 10.     Resignations.     Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board or the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, then it shall take effect immediately upon its receipt; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        SECTION 11.     Vacancies.     Any vacancy in the Board, whether arising from death, resignation, an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the Board.

        SECTION 12.     Retirement of Directors.     The Board may prescribe a retirement policy for directors on or after reaching a certain age, provided, however, that such retirement shall not cut short the annual term for which any director shall have been elected by the stockholders.

5



ARTICLE IV

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

        SECTION 1.     Executive Committee.     The Board, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, may designate not less than four of the directors then in office to constitute an Executive Committee, each member of which unless otherwise determined by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, shall continue to be a member of such Committee until the annual meeting of the stockholders which shall be held next after designation as a member of such Committee or until the earlier termination as a director. The Chief Executive Officer shall always be designated as a member of the Executive Committee. The Board may by resolution appoint one member as the Chairman of the Executive Committee who shall preside at all meetings of such Committee. In the absence of said Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all such meetings. In the absence of both the Chairman of the Executive Committee and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at all such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Executive Committee and the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all such meetings. In the absence of all such persons, a majority of the members of the Executive Committee present shall choose a chairman to preside at such meetings. The Secretary, or if the Secretary shall be absent from such meeting, any person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

        SECTION 2.     Powers of the Executive Committee.     To the extent permitted by law, the Executive Committee may exercise all the powers of the Board in the management of specified matters where such authority is delegated to it by the Board, and also, to the extent permitted by law, the Executive Committee shall have, and may exercise, all the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation (including the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but excluding the power to appoint a member of the Executive Committee) in such manner as the Executive Committee shall deem to be in the best interests of the Corporation and not inconsistent with any prior specific action of the Board. An act of the Executive Committee taken within the scope of its authority shall be an act of the Board. The Executive Committee shall render in the form of minutes a report of its several acts at each regular meeting of the Board and at any other time when so directed by the Board.

        SECTION 3.     Meetings of the Executive Committee.     Regular meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held at such times, on such dates and at such places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the Executive Committee, of which regular meetings notice need not be given, or as shall be fixed by the Chairman of the Executive Committee or in the absence of the Chairman of the Executive Committee the Chief Executive Officer and specified in the notice of such meeting. Special meetings of the Executive Committee may be called by the Chairman of the Executive Committee or by the Chief Executive Officer. Notice of each such special meeting of the Executive Committee (and of each regular meeting for which notice shall be required), stating the time and place thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each member of the Executive Committee, by first-class mail, at least four days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent by facsimile transmission or comparable medium, or be delivered personally or by telephone, at least twenty-four hours before the time at which such meeting is to be held; but notice need not be given to a member of the Executive Committee who shall waive notice thereof as provided in Article IX of these By-laws, and any meeting of the Executive Committee shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members of such Committee shall be present thereat.

        SECTION 4.     Quorum and Manner of Acting of the Executive Committee.     Four members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee present at a meeting at which a quorum shall be present shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Participating in a meeting by means of a

6



conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other shall constitute presence at a meeting of the Executive Committee. The members of the Executive Committee shall act only as a committee and individual members shall have no power as such.

        SECTION 5.     Other Committees.     The Board may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, designate members of the Board to constitute other committees, which shall have, and may exercise, such powers as the Board may by resolution delegate to them, and shall in each case consist of such number of directors as the Board may determine; provided, however, that each such committee shall have at least three directors as members thereof. Such a committee may either be constituted for a specified term or may be constituted as a standing committee which does not require annual or periodic reconstitution. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and its quorum requirements and may fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Participating in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other shall constitute presence at a meeting of such other committees.

        In addition to the foregoing, the Board may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, create a committee of indeterminate membership and duration and not subject to the limitations as to the membership, quorum and manner of meeting and acting prescribed in these By-laws, which committee, in the event of a major disaster or catastrophe or national emergency which renders the Board incapable of action by reason of the death, physical incapacity or inability to meet of some or all of its members, shall have, and may exercise all the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation (including, without limitation, the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it and the power to fill vacancies in the Board). An act of such committee taken within the scope of its authority shall be an act of the Board.

        SECTION 6.     Changes in Committees; Resignations; Removals; Vacancies.     The Board shall have power, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, at any time to change or remove the members of, to fill vacancies in, and to discharge any committee created pursuant to these By-laws, either with or without cause. Any member of any such committee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy in any committee, whether arising from death, resignation, an increase in the number of committee members or any other cause, shall be filled by the Board in the manner prescribed in these By-laws for the original appointment of the members of such committee.


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

        SECTION 1.     Number and Qualifications.     The officers of the Corporation shall include the Chairman of the Board, and may include one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents (one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or as Senior Vice Presidents or by other designations), the Treasurer, the Secretary and the Controller. Officers shall be elected from time to time by the Board, each to hold office until a successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until death, or until resignation as hereinafter provided in Section 2 of this Article V, or until removed as hereinafter provided in Section 3 of this Article V.

7



        SECTION 2.     Resignations.     Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, then it shall become effective upon its receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        SECTION 3.     Removal.     Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board at any meeting of the Board.

        SECTION 4.     Vacancies.     A vacancy in any office, whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of office which shall be vacant, in the manner prescribed in these By-laws for the regular election or appointment to such office.

        SECTION 5.     Chairman of the Board.     The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside at each meeting of the stockholders and of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board. The Chairman may sign certificates representing shares of the stock of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 of Article VII of these By-laws; sign, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation all deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board, except in cases where the signing, execution or delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or where they shall be required by law otherwise to be signed, executed and delivered; and affix the seal of the Corporation to any instrument which shall require it. The Chairman of the Board, when there is no President or in the absence or incapacity of the President, shall perform all the duties and functions and exercise all the powers of the President.

        SECTION 6.     Vice Chairman of the Board.     Each Vice Chairman of the Board shall assist the Chairman of the Board and have such other duties as may be assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman may sign certificates representing shares of the stock of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 of Article VII of these By-laws; sign, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation all deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board, except in cases where the signing, execution or delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or these By-laws to some officer or agent of the Corporation or where they shall be required by law otherwise to be signed, executed and delivered; and affix the seal of the Corporation to any instrument which shall require it.

        SECTION 7.     President.     The President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board. The President may sign certificates representing shares of the stock of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 of Article VII of these By-laws; sign, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation all deeds mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board, except in cases where the signing, execution or delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or where they shall be required by law otherwise to be signed, executed and delivered, and affix the seal of the Corporation to any instrument which shall require it; and, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of President. The President shall in the absence or incapacity of the Chairman of the Board, perform all the duties and functions and exercise all the powers of the Chairman of the Board.

        SECTION 8.     Designated Officers.     (a) Chief Executive Officer. Either the Chairman of the Board, or the President, as the Board of Directors may designate, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The officer so designated shall have, in addition to the powers and duties applicable to the office set forth in Section 5 or 7 of this Article V, general and active supervision over the business and affairs of the Corporation and over its several officers, agents, and employees, subject,

8



however, to the control of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect, be an ex officio member of all committees of the Board (except the Audit Committee, the Directors and Corporate Governance Committee, and committees specifically empowered to fix or approve the Chief Executive Officer's compensation or to grant or administer bonus, option or other similar plans in which the Chief Executive Officer is eligible to participate), and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the position of Chief Executive Officer and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board.    (b) Other Designated Officers. The Board of Directors may designate officers to serve as Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and other such designated positions and to fulfill the responsibilities of such designated positions in addition to their duties as officers as set forth in this Article V.

        SECTION 9.     Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents.     Each Executive and Senior Vice President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President. Each Vice President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or an Executive or a Senior Vice President. Any Vice President may sign certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 of Article VII of these By-laws.

        SECTION 10.     Treasurer.     The Treasurer shall:

        (a)   have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and may invest the same in any securities, may open, maintain and close accounts for effecting any and all purchase, sale, investment and lending transactions in securities of any and all kinds for and on behalf of the Corporation or any employee pension or benefit plan fund or other fund established by the Corporation, as may be permitted by law;

        (b)   keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation;

        (c)   deposit all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board or the Executive Committee;

        (d)   receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever;

        (e)   disburse the funds of the Corporation and supervise the investment of its funds, taking proper vouchers therefor;

        (f)    render to the Board, whenever the Board may require, an account of all transactions as Treasurer; and

        (g)   in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or an Executive or Senior Vice President.

        SECTION 11.     Secretary.     The Secretary shall:

        (a)   keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the Executive Committee and other committees of the Board and the stockholders;

        (b)   see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law;

9



        (c)   be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;

        (d)   see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and

        (e)   in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or an Executive or Senior Vice President.

10


        SECTION 12.    Controller.    The Controller shall:

        SECTION 13.    Compensation.    The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may delegate to a committee the power to fix or approve the compensation of any officers. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of being also a director of the Corporation; but any such officer who shall also be a director shall not have any vote in the determination of the amount of compensation paid to such officer.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

        SECTION 1.     Execution of Contracts.     Except as otherwise required by law or these By-laws, any contract or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by any officer (including any assistant officer) of the Corporation. The Board or the Executive Committee may authorize any agent or employee to execute and deliver any contract or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board or such Committee, as the case may be, may by resolution determine.

        SECTION 2.     Loans.     Unless the Board shall otherwise determine, the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or any Vice President, acting together with the Treasurer or the Secretary, may effect loans and advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other certificates or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, but in making such loans or advances no officer or officers shall mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or transfer any securities or other property of the Corporation, except when authorized by resolution adopted by the Board.

        SECTION 3.     Checks, Drafts, etc.     All checks, drafts, bills of exchange or other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such persons and in such manner as shall from time to time be authorized by the Board or the Executive Committee or authorized by the Treasurer acting together with either the General Manager of an operating unit or a nonfinancial Vice President of the Corporation, which authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

        SECTION 4.     Deposits.     All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries

11



as the Board or the Executive Committee may from time to time designate or as may be designated by any officer or officers of the Corporation to whom such power of designation may from time to time be delegated by the Board or the Executive Committee. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation may be endorsed, assigned and delivered by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation.

        SECTION 5.     General and Special Bank Accounts.     The Board or the Executive Committee may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board or the Executive Committee may designate or as may be designated by any officer or officers of the Corporation to whom such power of designation may from time to time be delegated by the Board or the Executive Committee. The Board or the Executive Committee may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-laws, as it may deem expedient.

        SECTION 6.     Indemnification.     The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as in effect at any time, indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding whether civil or criminal (including an action or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation or any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, for which any director or officer of the Corporation served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person or such person's testator or intestate was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein. Such indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid advances of any expenses incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, consistent with the provisions of applicable law in effect at any time. Indemnification shall be deemed to be "permitted' within the meaning of the first sentence hereof if it is not expressly prohibited by applicable law as in effect at the time.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES

        SECTION 1.     Stock Certificates.     The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated shares. Each owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as shall be approved by the Board, certifying the number of shares of stock of the Corporation owned. To the extent that shares are represented by certificates, such certificates of stock shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary and sealed with the seal of the Corporation (which seal may be a facsimile, engraved or printed); provided, however, that where any such certificate is signed by a registrar, other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, and transfer agent or a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation upon such certificates may be facsimiles, engraved or printed. In case any officer, transfer agent or transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation ceases to be such officer, transfer agent, or transfer clerk before such certificates shall be issued, they may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if they were still such officer, transfer agent or transfer clerk at the date of their issue.

        SECTION 2.     Books of Account and Record of Stockholders.     There shall be kept at the office of the Corporation correct books of account of all its business and transactions, minutes of the proceedings of stockholders, Board, and Executive Committee, and a book to be known as the record

12



of stockholders, containing the names and addresses of all persons who are stockholders, the number of shares of stock held, and the date when the stockholder became the owner of record thereof.

        SECTION 3.     Transfers of Stock.     Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the record of stockholders of the Corporation only upon authorization by the registered holder thereof, or by an attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or with a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed, provided such shares are represented by a certificate, or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power and the payment of all taxes thereon. The person in whose names shares of stock shall stand on the record of stockholders of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation. Whenever any transfers of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary or to such transfer agent or transfer clerk, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer.

        SECTION 4.     Regulations.     The Board may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of stock of the Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents or one or more transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

        SECTION 5.     Fixing of Record Date.     The Board shall fix a time not exceeding sixty nor less than ten days prior to the date then fixed for the holding of any meeting of the stockholders or prior to the last day on which the consent or dissent of the stockholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose without a meeting, as the time as of which the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting or whose consent or dissent is required or may be expressed for any purpose, as the case may be, shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting stock at such time, and no others, shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting or to express their consent or dissent, as the case may be. The Board may fix a time not exceeding sixty days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution or the allotment of rights to subscribe for securities of the Corporation, or for the delivery of evidences of rights or evidences of interests arising out of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock or other securities, as the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or interests, and in such case only the stockholders of record at the time so fixed shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or interests.

        SECTION 6.     Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates.     The holder of any certificate representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of such certificate, and the Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it which the owner thereof shall allege to have been lost or destroyed or which shall have been mutilated, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require such owner or the owner's legal representatives to give to the Corporation a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, and in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board in its absolute discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate, or the issuance of such new certificate. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation, in its absolute discretion, may refuse to issue any such new certificate, except pursuant to legal proceedings under the laws of the State of New York.

        SECTION 7.     Inspection of Records.     The record of stockholders and minutes of the proceedings of stockholders shall be available for inspection, within the limits and subject to the conditions and restrictions prescribed by applicable law.

13



        SECTION 8.     Auditors.     The Board shall employ an independent public or certified public accountant or firm of such accountants who shall act as auditors in making examinations of the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The auditors shall certify that the annual financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and shall report on such financial statements to the stockholders and directors of the Corporation. The Board's selection of auditors shall be presented for ratification by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely upon financial statements of the Corporation represented to them to be correct by the officer of the Corporation having charge of its books of account, or stated in a written report by the auditors fairly to reflect the financial condition of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICES

        SECTION 1.     Principal Office.     The principal office of the Corporation shall be at such place in the Town of North Castle, County of Westchester and State of New York as the Board shall from time to time determine.

        SECTION 2.     Other Offices.     The Corporation may also have an office or offices other than said principal office at such place or places as the Board shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE IX

WAIVER OF NOTICE

        Whenever under the provisions of any law of the State of New York, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws or any resolution of the Board or any committee thereof, the Corporation or the Board or any committee thereof is authorized to take any action after notice to the stockholders, directors or members of any such committee, or after the lapse of a prescribed period of time, such action may be taken without notice and without the lapse of any period of time, if, at any time before or after such action shall be completed, such notice or lapse of time shall be waived by the person or persons entitled to said notice or entitled to participate in the action to be taken, or, in the case of a stockholder, by an attorney thereunto authorized. Attendance at a meeting requiring notice by any person or, in the case of a stockholder, by the stockholder's attorney, agent or proxy, shall constitute a waiver of such notice on the part of the person so attending, or by such stockholder, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

        The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the thirty-first day of December in each year.

ARTICLE XI

SEAL

        The Seal of the Corporation shall consist of two concentric circles with the IBM logotype appearing in bold face type within the inner circle and the words "International Business Machines Corporation' appearing within the outer circle.

14



ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

        These By-laws may be amended or repealed or new By-laws may be adopted by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting, if the notice thereof mentions that amendment or repeal or the adoption of new By-laws is one of the purposes of such meeting. These By-laws, subject to the laws of the State of New York, may also be amended or repealed or new By-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board given at any meeting, if the notice thereof mentions that amendment or repeal or the adoption of new By-laws is one of the purposes of such meeting.

15


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION

        The undersigned does hereby certify that the foregoing is a true and complete copy of the By-laws of International Business Machines Corporation, including all amendments thereto, and the same is in force at the date hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of said Corporation, this            day of                        2004.

       

 

 

Title:

 


16




QuickLinks

BY-LAWS of INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION Adopted April 29, 1958 As Amended Through March 1, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BY-LAWS OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS
ARTICLE IV EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES
ARTICLE V OFFICERS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12


COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS TO FIXED CHARGES AND EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
(Unaudited)

 
  Years Ended December 31:
(Dollars in millions)

  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
Income from continuing operations before income taxes (1)   $ 10,863   $ 7,537   $ 11,488   $ 11,378   $ 11,653
Add:                              
  Fixed charges, excluding capitalized interest     1,121     1,237     1,639     1,872     1,911
   
 
 
 
 
  Income as adjusted before income taxes   $ 11,984   $ 8,774   $ 13,127   $ 13,250   $ 13,564
   
 
 
 
 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense   $ 648   $ 778   $ 1,198   $ 1,427   $ 1,455
  Capitalized interest     15     35     33     20     23
  Portion of rental expense representative of interest     473     459     441     445     456
   
 
 
 
 
Total fixed charges   $ 1,136   $ 1,272   $ 1,672   $ 1,892   $ 1,934
Preferred stock dividend (2)             14     29     32
   
 
 
 
 
Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends   $ 1,136   $ 1,272   $ 1,686   $ 1,921   $ 1,966
   
 
 
 
 

Ratio of income from continuing operations to fixed charges

 

 

10.5

 

 

6.9

 

 

7.9

 

 

7.0

 

 

7.0
Ratio of income from continuing operations to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend     10.5     6.9     7.8     6.9     6.9

(1)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes excludes (a) amortization of capitalized interest and (b) the company's share in the income and losses of less-than-fifty percent owned affiliates.

(2)
Included in the ratio calculation are preferred stock dividends of $10 million for 2001, $20 million for 2000 and 1999, respectively, or $14 million for 2001, $29 million in 2000 and $32 million in 1999 representing the pre-tax income that would be required to cover such dividend requirements based on the company's effective tax rate for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.



QuickLinks

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS TO FIXED CHARGES AND EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS (Unaudited)

Exhibit 13

 

report of financials

 

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

42

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

42

 

 

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION

43

 

ROAD MAP

43

 

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION SNAPSHOT

44

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

45

 

YEAR IN REVIEW

51

 

PRIOR YEAR IN REVIEW

61

 

LOOKING FORWARD

63

 

EMPLOYEES AND RELATED WORKFORCE

69

 

GLOBAL FINANCING

69

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

EARNINGS

74

 

FINANCIAL POSITION

75

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

76

 

CASH FLOWS

79

 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

A

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

80

 

B

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

86

 

C

ACQUISITIONS/DIVESTITURES

89

 

D

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES)

92

 

E

INVENTORIES

93

 

F

FINANCING RECEIVABLES

93

 

G

PLANT, RENTAL MACHINES AND OTHER PROPERTY

93

 

H

INVESTMENTS AND SUNDRY ASSETS

94

 

I

INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING GOODWILL

94

 

J

SALE AND SECURITIZATION OF RECEIVABLES

95

 

K

BORROWINGS

95

 

L

DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

96

 

M

OTHER LIABILITIES

99

 

N

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY ACTIVITY

100

 

O

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

101

 

P

TAXES

103

 

Q

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL EXPENSE

104

 

R

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

104

 

S

2002 ACTIONS

105

 

T

EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

108

 

U

RENTAL EXPENSE AND LEASE COMMITMENTS

109

 

V

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

109

 

W

RETIREMENT-RELATED BENEFITS

110

 

X

SEGMENT INFORMATION

117

 

 

 

 

FIVE-YEAR COMPARISON OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

122

 

 

SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA

123

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

124

 

 

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

Inside Back Cover

 

41



 

Report of Management

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

Responsibility for the integrity and objectivity of the financial information presented in this Annual Report rests with IBM management. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, applying certain estimates and judgments as required.

 

IBM maintains an effective internal control structure. It consists, in part, of organizational arrangements with clearly defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority, and comprehensive systems and control procedures. We believe this structure provides reasonable assurance that transactions are executed in accordance with management authorization, and that they are appropriately recorded in order to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to adequately safeguard, verify and maintain accountability of assets. An important element of the control environment is an ongoing internal audit program.

 

To assure the effective administration of internal controls, we carefully select and train our employees, develop and disseminate written policies and procedures, provide appropriate communication channels, and foster an environment conducive to the effective functioning of controls. We believe that it is essential for the company to conduct its business affairs in accordance with the highest ethical standards, as set forth in the IBM Business Conduct Guidelines. These guidelines, translated into numerous languages, are distributed to employees throughout the world, and reemphasized through internal programs to assure that they are understood and followed.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, is retained to examine IBM’s financial statements. Its accompanying report is based on an examination conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, including a review of the internal control structure and tests of accounting procedures and records.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed solely of independent, non-management directors, and is responsible for recommending to the Board the independent auditing firm to be retained for the coming year, subject to stockholder ratification. The Audit Committee meets periodically and privately with the independent auditors, with the company’s internal auditors, as well as with IBM management, to review accounting, auditing, internal control structure and financial reporting matters.

 

/s/ Samuel J. Palmisano

 

/s/ John R. Joyce

 

 

 

SAMUEL J. PALMISANO

JOHN R. JOYCE

Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

Report of Independent Auditors

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of International Business Machines Corporation:

 

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the accompanying consolidated financial statements appearing on pages 74 through 121 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of International Business Machines Corporation and subsidiary companies at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of the company’s Business Consulting Services Reporting Unit (which includes the consulting practice acquired from us as discussed in note C) for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the three months ended December 31, 2002, which statements reflect total revenues of 14.5 percent and 4.3 percent of the related consolidated totals in the periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report thereon has been furnished to us, and our opinion expressed herein, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for the company’s Business Consulting Services Reporting Unit, is based solely on the report of the other auditors. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

New York, New York

January 15, 2004

 

 

42



 

Management Discussion

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

ROAD MAP

 

The financial section of the International Business Machines Corporation (IBM) 2003 Annual Report, consisting of this Management Discussion, the Consolidated Financial Statements that follow and the related notes thereto, comprises 81 pages of information. This Road Map is designed to provide you with some perspective regarding the information contained in the financial section and a few helpful hints for reading these 81 pages.

 

IBM’S BUSINESS MODEL

 

IBM’s business model is built to support two principal goals: helping clients become more efficient and competitive through the use of business insight and information technology (IT) solutions; and providing long-term value to shareholders. In support of these objectives, the business model has been developed over time through strategic investments in services and technologies that have the best long-term growth and profitability prospects based on the value they deliver to clients. In addition, IBM is committed to its employees and the communities in which it operates.

 

The model is designed to allow for flexibility and periodic rebalancing, as demonstrated with the 2002 acquisition of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ (PwC) consulting business (PwCC), the acquisition of Rational Software Corp. (Rational) in 2003, and the 2002 divestiture of the company’s hard disk drive (HDD) business.

 

The company’s portfolio of capabilities ranges from services that include business transformation consulting to software, hardware, fundamental research, financing and the component technologies used to build larger systems. These capabilities are combined to provide business insight and solutions in the enterprise computing space.

 

In terms of financial performance, over the last two years, IBM increased its participation in the high-growth areas of its industry, while at the same time maintaining a breadth of capabilities that has allowed it to gain market share during weak economic environments. In general, this strategy results in less volatile returns overall, because each individual capability has unique financial attributes. Some involve contractual long-term cash and income streams while others involve cyclical transaction-based sales.

 

In terms of marketplace performance — i.e., the ability to deliver client value — it is important to understand that the fundamental strength of this business model is not found in the breadth of the portfolio alone, but in the way the company creates business solutions from among its capabilities and relationships.

 

TRANSPARENCY

 

Transparency is a primary goal of successful financial reporting. The following are additional improvements you will find in this year’s Annual Report:

 

                  The Management Discussion is designed to provide readers with a view of the company’s results and certain factors that may affect future prospects from the perspective of the company’s management. A new snapshot of the key messages in the Management Discussion has been added on page 44 immediately following the Road Map. While the details of the Management Discussion remain, readers will be able to assess quickly the most important and key drivers within this brief overview.

 

                  The Management Discussion was redesigned to reflect the company’s continued and improving strength in providing broad client solutions, as opposed to a “piece parts” conglomeration of many hardware, software and services businesses. The Description of Business beginning on page 45 (introduced in the 2002 Annual Report), Results of Continuing Operations on page 51, Financial Position on page 57, and Looking Forward on page 63 sections, all are now written from the perspective of the consolidated entity. Detailed analysis for each of the company’s segments follows the consolidated perspective and appears on pages 55 to 57.

 

                  A separate Global Financing section beginning on page 69 (introduced in the 2002 Annual Report) is retained and not included in the consolidated perspective that is referred to above. This section was separately retained given its unique impact on the company’s financial condition and leverage.

 

                  The Liquidity and Capital Resources section beginning on page 64 was expanded to provide greater insight on the strength and factors affecting the company’s liquidity.

 

HELPFUL HINTS

 

Organization of Information

 

                  This Management Discussion section provides the reader of the financial statements with a narrative on the company’s financial results. It contains the results of operations for each segment of the business, followed by a description of the company’s financial position, as well as certain employee data. It is useful to read the Management Discussion in conjunction with note X, “Segment Information,” on pages 117 through 121.

 

                  Pages 74 through 79 include the Consolidated Financial Statements. These statements provide an overview of the company’s income and cash flow performance and its financial position.

 

                  The notes follow the Consolidated Financial Statements. Among other things, the notes contain the company’s accounting policies (pages 80 to 86), detailed information on specific items within the financial statements, certain contingencies and commitments (pages 101 to 103), and the results of each IBM segment (pages 117 to 121).

 

43



 

                  The selected reference to constant currency in the Management Discussion is made so that the financial results can be viewed without the impacts of changing foreign currency exchange rates and therefore facilitates a comparative view of business growth.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

On December 31, 2002, the company sold its HDD business to Hitachi, Ltd. (Hitachi). The HDD business was accounted for as a discontinued operation under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). This means that 2002 and 2001 income statement and cash flow information were reformatted to separate the divested business from the company’s continuing operations. This presentation is required by GAAP and facilitates historical and future trend analysis of IBM’s continuing operations. On page 92, the company discusses this transaction and the accounting for the divestiture.

 

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION SNAPSHOT

 

(dollars and shares in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT/
MARGIN
CHANGE

 

Revenue

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

9.8

%*

Gross profit margin

 

37.0

%

37.3

%

(0.3

) pts.

Total expense and other income

 

$

22,144

 

$

22,760

 

(2.7

) %

Total expense and other income to revenue ratio

 

24.8

%

28.0

%

(3.2

) pts.

Provision for income taxes

 

$

3,261

 

$

2,190

 

48.9

%

Income from continuing operations

 

$

7,613

 

$

5,334

 

42.7

%

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

4.34

 

$

3.07

 

41.4

%

Basic

 

$

4.42

 

$

3.13

 

41.2

%

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,756.1

 

1,730.9

 

1.5

%

Basic

 

1,721.6

 

1,703.2

 

1.1

%

Assets **

 

$

104,457

 

$

96,484

 

8.3

%

Liabilities **

 

$

76,593

 

$

73,702

 

3.9

%

Equity **

 

$

27,864

 

$

22,782

 

22.3

%

 


*                  2.8 percent at constant currency

**           at December 31

 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

The increase in IBM’s 2003 Income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations as compared to 2002 was due to:

 

                  The results of the company’s productivity and efficiency initiatives, including the benefits from the 2002 Microelectronics and productivity actions

 

                  Stronger demand associated with the improving economy (especially during the fourth quarter) and continued market share gains

 

                  The charges recorded in 2002 for the 2002 actions

 

                  Favorable impact of currency translation, partly offset by related hedging activities

 

The increase in revenue in 2003 as compared to 2002 was due to:

 

                  Stronger demand associated with the improving economy (especially during the fourth quarter) and continued market share gains

 

                  The impact of the fourth quarter 2002 acquisition of PwCC and the first quarter 2003 acquisition of Rational, partially offset by decreases in revenue due to Technology Group divestitures

 

                  The favorable impact from currency translation

 

With regard to the way that management reviews the business, as-reported and constant currency revenue trends were all positive for most of the company’s segments, geographies and industry sectors. See page 51 for the summary trend rates on an as-reported and constant currency basis, as well as such information for each segment on pages 55 to 57.

 

Gross profit margins remained relatively flat. Increases in Hardware and Software margins resulting from the ongoing benefits from the company’s integrated supply chain initiatives and favorable currency translation were offset by decreases in Global Services margins driven primarily by investment costs on the early stages of a Strategic Outsourcing (SO) contract and the company’s changing mix of revenue toward Business Consulting Services (BCS).

 

As discussed above, there were several charges in 2002 that impacted the year-to-year expense comparison. These items contributed 2.8 points of the improvement in the Total expense and other income-to-revenue ratio. The remaining improvement was primarily due to the results of productivity and efficiency initiatives partially offset by an increase in retirement-related plans cost.

 

44



 

The company’s effective tax rate increased by almost 1 point primarily due to a less favorable mix of geographic income and the absence of the tax benefit associated with the Microelectronics actions taken in the second quarter of 2002.

 

With regard to Total Assets, approximately $7 billion of the increase relates to the impact of currency translation. The remaining increase primarily consists of an increase in Goodwill associated with recent acquisitions and increased pension assets, as well as strong cash performance. The increase in cash during 2003 was due to the combination of stronger operating results and lower pension funding in 2003. The company reduced non-Global Financing debt in 2003 as a result of strong 2003 cash flows from operations. Global Financing debt decreased, but the company’s Global Financing debt-to-equity ratio remained flat at 6.9 to 1 and within the company’s target range.

 

Looking forward, the company’s business model targets revenue to grow in the mid to high single digits and earnings per share to grow at low double digits over the long term. The company’s ability to meet these objectives depends on a number of factors, including those outlined on page 50 and on pages 101 and 102.

 

Global Services signings were $55 billion in 2003 as compared to $53 billion in 2002. The Global Services backlog is $120 billion at December 31, 2003.

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Please refer to IBM’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on or about March 8, 2004,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for a more detailed version of this Description of Business, especially the expanded “Significant Factors Affecting IBM’s Business” section.

 

IBM focuses on the intersection of business insight and technological innovation for enterprise clients.

 

Over the past decade, IBM has been a leader in the IT market’s shift of focus from selling hardware, software and services, to the creation of solutions to clients’ business problems. During the early years of the Internet’s entry into mainstream commerce, communications and business operations in the mid- to late- 1990s, value was created first through providing widespread access and then through the integration of business processes, such as supply chain, client relationships and human resources. Today, IBM is once again leading the industry toward the more fundamental, industry-specific transformations of on demand business.

 

In its relationships with its clients, IBM has found that a majority of enterprises are concerned with four main issues:

 

                  Demand for faster innovation

 

                  Reducing expenses

 

                  Integration across the organization’s “value chain” (representing every transaction or interaction within an enterprise, with other enterprises and with individuals)

 

                  Demand for predictable return on investment

 

By redesigning their business processes and organizational structure, supported by and enabled by new systems operating environments, these clients are seeking to become on demand businesses.

 

IBM defines an on demand business as an enterprise whose business processes are:

 

                  Responsive to any client demand, market opportunity or external threat;

 

                  Integrated end-to-end across the company; and

 

                  Integrated across industry value nets, interconnected chains of partners, suppliers and clients.

 

An essential aspect of an on demand operating environment is that its infrastructure is based on industry-wide standards (commonly referred to as “open standards”). In IBM’s view, an investment in such an infrastructure provides the greatest returns rather than relying on proprietary control by a single company or affiliation of companies. One positive development in this regard is the emergence of “open source” operating systems and programming languages that benefit from further development by the business and IT communities, as in the case of the Linux operating system or the Java programming language.

 

However, to realize the full benefits of an on demand environment, solutions with the highest returns also require the transformation and integration of business processes within and among institutions.

 

IBM’s clients include many different kinds of enterprises, from sole proprietorships to the world’s largest organizations, governments and companies representing every major industry and endeavor. Over the last decade, IBM has exited or greatly de-emphasized its involvement in consumer markets and divested itself of other non-core businesses to concentrate on the enterprise market. In IBM’s view, the enterprise market represents approximately two-thirds of the IT industry’s revenue, as well as twice the growth and three times the

 

45



 

profits compared to consumer areas of the industry. As a result, IBM has made acquisitions and invested in emerging business opportunities important to its enterprise clients. Many of these investments have since grown to a point where their revenue and opportunity now can be considered part of IBM’s mainline businesses. The majority of the company’s enterprise business, which excludes the company’s original equipment manufacturer (OEM) technology business, occurs in industries that are broadly grouped into six sectors around which the company’s sales and distribution activities, as well as an increasing number of its services and products businesses are organized:

 

SECTOR

 

INDUSTRIES

Financial Services

 

Banking

 

 

Financial Markets

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

Public

 

Education

 

 

Government

 

 

Health Care

 

 

Life Sciences

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Aerospace

 

 

Automotive

 

 

Defense

 

 

Chemical and Petroleum

 

 

Electronics

 

 

 

Distribution

 

Consumer Products

 

 

Retail

 

 

Travel

 

 

Transportation

 

 

 

Communications

 

Energy and Utilities

 

 

Media and Entertainment

 

 

Telecommunications

 

 

 

Small & Medium Business

 

The majority of businesses in this sector have fewer than 1,000 employees

 

THE IT INDUSTRY AND IBM’S STRATEGY

 

IBM operates in both the business services and IT industries, which comprise the following three categories:

 

                  Business Value

 

                  Infrastructure Value

 

                  Component Value

 

The primary rationale for IBM’s investments in the Component Value category is to provide a competitive advantage in the Infrastructure Value category, which in turn is considered a competitive advantage in the Business Value category.

 

IBM sees a shift in revenue and profit growth up from Component Value to Infrastructure Value and into the Business Value category, where revenue and profit potential are thought to be greatest in the decade ahead.

 

Business Value

 

OVERVIEW

 

Services and software to improve business performance for Enterprise Computing clients. IBM helps its Enterprise Computing clients transform their business processes and gain competitive advantage by applying its skills and experience to processes specific to the client’s industry or to business challenges across industries and processes. The company enters into long-term relationships and creates solutions for clients, on its own or in partnership with other companies, drawing upon its broad product and service offerings, and relying on its BCS organization, the capabilities of IBM Research, its experience in chip design and application, and the company’s own viewpoint of developing trends in business and technology.

 

STRATEGY

 

Drive on demand business innovation.

 

CAPABILITIES

 

Business Consulting Services – Delivery of value to clients through consulting services for application innovation and systems integration, client relationship management, financial management, human capital, business strategy and change, supply chain management and the transformation of business processes and operations. (Global Services)

 

Customer financing – Lease and loan financing to clients and internal clients for terms generally between two and five years. (Global Financing)

 

Engineering & Technology Services (E&TS) – System and component design services, strategic outsourcing of clients’ design teams, and technology and manufacturing consulting services. (Technology Group)

 

On Demand Innovation Services (ODIS) – IBM Research scientists and experts work with BCS consultants to analyze clients’ business challenges and provide solutions that address these challenges. ODIS offers a number of cross-industry micropractices with deep expertise in business optimization, security, mobile enablement, information mining and more. (Global Services)

 

Software and services to meet industry-specific needs – Solutions and applications built on an on demand, standards-based infrastructure to transform a process that is unique to specific industries. (All IBM Groups)

 

Infrastructure Value

 

OVERVIEW

 

Hardware, software and services integrated into a computing environment. Infrastructure Value concerns systems, such as high-volume server computers; middleware software that can interconnect disparate operating systems and applications with data; storage networks; and devices. It also refers to such services as infrastructure management — whether on

 

46



 

the client’s premises or managed remotely at IBM’s own facilities — and consulting about how to improve and strengthen the infrastructure and realize greater return on investment in it. Central to IBM’s approach for building value in the infrastructure category is its support of open standards and its active promotion of Linux, the open source operating system, which helps IBM’s clients control costs and allows them to benefit from the latest developments created by the Linux development community around the world. To support Linux development and deployment, IBM has enabled its servers and storage products to operate with Linux, IBM’s leading middleware products are designed to work in a Linux environment, and Linux is a preferred choice for many of the company’s services and consulting engagements.

 

STRATEGY

 

Deliver open and integrated offerings; expand partnerships; continue to exit select markets, such as application software.

 

CAPABILITIES

 

Application Management Services – Application development, management, maintenance and support services for packaged software, as well as custom and legacy applications. (Global Services)

 

Commercial financing – Short-term inventory and accounts receivable financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products. (Global Financing)

 

DB2 information management software – Advanced database and content management software solutions that enable clients to leverage information on demand. (Software)

 

e-business Hosting Services – Solutions for the management of clients’ Web-based infrastructure and business applications, as well as a growing portfolio of industry-specific independent software vendor (ISV) solutions that are delivered as a service. (Global Services)

 

Integrated Technology Services (ITS) – Design, implementation and maintenance of clients’ technology infrastructures. (Global Services)

 

Lotus software – Collaboration and messaging software that allows a company’s employees, clients, vendors and partners to engage in real-time and asynchronous communication and knowledge management. (Software)

 

Personal computers – Desktop and notebook computers featuring ThinkVantage technologies that provide enterprises and end users with increased productivity and cost-effectiveness. (Personal Systems Group)

 

Printing Systems – Production print solutions, on demand print-related solutions, enterprise workgroup print technologies, and print management software and services. (Personal Systems Group)

 

Rational software – Integrated tools designed to improve an organization’s software development processes and capabilities. (Software)

 

Remarketing – The sale and lease of used equipment (primarily sourced from the conclusion of lease transactions) to new or existing clients. (Global Financing)

 

Retail Store Solutions – Point-of-sale retail checkout equipment, software and solutions. (Personal Systems Group)

 

Servers – IBM eServer systems using IBM operating systems (zSeries and iSeries), as well as AIX, the IBM UNIX operating system (pSeries) and the Microsoft Windows operating system (xSeries). All servers can also run Linux, a key open-source operating system. (Systems Group and Software)

 

Storage – Data storage products, including disk, tape and storage area networks. IBM continues to be a leading vendor in storage services. (System Group)

 

Strategic Outsourcing Services – Competitive cost advantages through the outsourcing of processes and operations. (Global Services)

 

Tivoli software – Software for infrastructure management, including security, change, configuration, job scheduling, storage capability, performance and availability. (Software)

 

WebSphere software – Management of a wide variety of business processes using open standards to interconnect applications, data and operating systems. (Software)

 

Component Value

 

OVERVIEW

 

Component Value describes advanced semiconductor development and manufacturing for IBM’s server and storage offerings, and services, technology and licenses provided to OEMs that create and market products requiring advanced chips and other core technology elements.

 

STRATEGY

 

Leverage components for Infrastructure Value; and continue to participate in select markets and to pursue outsourcing for manufacturing of select products.

 

CAPABILITIES

 

Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASICs) – Manufacturing of customized semiconductor products for clients. (Technology Group)

 

Advanced Foundry – Full suite of semiconductor manufacturing and integrated supply chain services using either a client’s or IBM’s design. (Technology Group)

 

Standard products and custom microprocessors – Semiconductors designed and manufactured primarily based upon IBM’s PowerPC architecture. (Technology Group)

 

47



 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

Organizationally, the company’s major operations comprise a Global Services segment; three hardware product segments — Systems Group, Personal Systems Group and Technology Group; a Software segment; and a Global Financing segment. See the IT Industry and IBM’s Strategy section on pages 46 and 47 for the specific capabilities relating to these business segments.

 

Global Services is an important part of the company’s strategy of providing insight and solutions to clients. While solutions often include industry-leading IBM software and hardware, other suppliers’ products are also used if a specific client solution requires it. Global Services outsourcing contracts as well as BCS contracts with the U.S. federal government and its agencies are typically seven to ten years in duration. Other contracts range in periods generally up to one year, including consulting contracts and ITS.

 

The company’s new Business Transformation Outsourcing (BTO) capabilities combine the insight of BCS with the company’s process outsourcing capabilities to assume responsibility for the operations and management of a client’s business processes in areas including human resources, procurement, customer relationship management, finance and administration, among others. The company will only enter into BTO agreements with clients when it believes that IBM can leverage its business knowledge and technology to drive client productivity and cost improvements. These generally are large-scale, multiyear contracts ranging up to ten years in length that include the operation, strategic change and transformation of the client’s business processes. BTO engagements may include support and involvement of various business units that have capabilities such as BCS, Application Management Services, e-business Hosting Services, middleware and hardware.

 

Systems Group provides business solutions to clients. Approximately half of the Systems Group’s sales transactions are through business partners and approximately 46 percent are direct to clients, slightly more than half of which are through the Web at ibm.com. While appropriately not reported as external revenue, hardware is also deployed to support Global Services solutions.

 

Technology Group provides leading semiconductor technology and products, packaging solutions and engineering technology services to OEM clients (approximately 78 percent) and, although appropriately not reported as external revenue, to the Systems Group (approximately 21 percent).

 

Using a “one-team” approach, Systems Group works hand-in-hand with the Technology Group on product planning and strategy, given the high content level of Technology Group components inside Systems Group products. In recognition of the increasing degree of collaboration between the two segments and as discussed on page 118, the company combined the Systems Group and the Technology Group in the first quarter of 2004.

 

Personal Systems Group includes the company’s lines of personal computers, printers and point-of-sale terminals. These offerings are designed to assist clients to improve productivity and to reduce clients’ total cost of ownership.

 

Software consists primarily of middleware and operating systems software. Middleware software enables clients to integrate systems, processes and applications across the clients’ enterprises through the use of open standards. Middleware is designed to be the underlying support for applications provided by ISVs who build industry- or process-specific applications according to open industry standards. Operating systems are the engines that run computers. Approximately 70 percent of Software volumes are directly with the end-user clients and about 20 percent are through Business Partners. While appropriately not reported as external revenue, the remainder is deployed internally to support Global Services solutions.

 

Approximately 40 percent of external Software revenue relates to one-time charge (OTC) arrangements whereby the client pays one up-front payment for a lifetime license. Typically, arrangements for the sale of OTC software include one year of maintenance. The client can also purchase ongoing maintenance after the first year, which includes product upgrades and technical support. The remaining software is sold on a monthly license charge arrangement.

 

Global Financing is described on pages 69 to 73.

 

Enterprise Investments develops and provides industry-specific IT solutions supporting the Hardware, Software and Global Services segments of the company. Primary product lines include product life cycle management software and document processing technologies. Product life cycle management software primarily serves the Industrial sector and helps clients manage the development and manufacturing of their products. Document processor products service the Financial Services sector and include products that enable electronic banking.

 

IBM WORLDWIDE ORGANIZATIONS

 

The following three company-wide organizations play key roles in IBM’s delivery of value to its clients:

 

                  Sales & Distribution Organization and related sales channels

 

                  Research, Development and Intellectual Property

 

                  Supply Chain

 

Sales & Distribution Organization

 

IBM offers its products through its Global Sales & Distribution organizations. Consistent with IBM’s focus on Business Value, the company’s global corps of account representatives combine a deep understanding of each client’s organizational and industry-specific needs with comprehensive knowledge of the products, technologies and services offered by IBM and its network of business partners.

 

48



 

IBM also offers its products through a variety of other internal and external channels. Four of these channels comprise IBM’s Business Partner relationships, through which the company receives approximately one-third of its revenue.

 

INTERNAL ROUTES-TO-MARKET

 

Global Services consultants – Particularly in selling end-to-end solutions for large, complex business challenges, IBM very often relies on the practitioners and consultants within its Global Services unit, as these challenges generally require integrating services and on demand solutions from IBM and other suppliers.

 

Hardware and software brand specialists – IBM’s own hardware and software brand product specialists work face-to-face with clients, selling IBM platforms as part of a discrete technology platform decision, typically to “self-integrating” IT departments.

 

ibm.com – Online and telephone sales and assistance operations handle basic commodity transactions for large enterprises and small-to-medium businesses.

 

BUSINESS PARTNERS ROUTES-TO-MARKET

 

Global/major independent software vendors – ISVs deliver business process or industry-specific applications and, in doing so, often influence the sale of IBM hardware, middleware and services.

 

Global/major systems integrators (SIs) – SIs identify business problems and design solutions when Global Services is not the preferred systems integrator; they also sell computing infrastructures from IBM and its competitors.

 

Regional ISVs and SIs – SIs identify the business problems, and ISVs deliver business process or industry-specific applications to medium-sized and large businesses requiring IBM computing infrastructure offerings.

 

Solutions providers, resellers and distributors – Resellers sell IBM platforms and value-added services as part of a discrete technology platform decision to clients wanting third-party assistance.

 

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

 

IBM’s research and development (R&D) operations differentiate IBM from its competitors. IBM annually spends approximately $5 billion for R&D, including capitalized software costs, focusing its investments in high-growth opportunities. Recent such efforts include e-business, initiatives to support Linux, middleware software products, autonomic computing, advanced semiconductor technology and other technologies supporting on demand. As a result of innovations in these and other areas, IBM was once again awarded more U.S. patents in 2003 than any other company. This marks the 11th year in a row that IBM achieved this distinction.

 

A key transformation that has been taking place over the past decade and continues today is the change in the focus and the culture of IBM’s R&D organization to be more closely linked to and be primarily driven by industry-specific and client-specific needs. Significant successes have been achieved by this changing focus, such as autonomic computing and Linux developments, as previously mentioned.

 

In addition to producing world-class products and solutions for the company’s clients, the company’s investments in R&D also result in intellectual property (IP) income. Some of IBM’s technological breakthroughs are used exclusively in IBM products, while others are used by the company’s licensees for their products when that new technology is not strategic to IBM’s business goals. A third group is both used internally and licensed externally.

 

In addition to these IP income sources, the company also generates value from its patent portfolio through cross-licensing arrangements and IP licensed in divestiture transactions. Cross-licensing arrangements involve licensing of the company’s IP to a third party in exchange for the right to use the third party’s IP. The value of these other two sources is not readily apparent in the financial results on pages 54 and 74 due to the fact that income on cross-licensing arrangements is recorded only to the extent cash is received. The value received by IBM for IP transferred in divestiture transactions is included in the overall gain or loss from the divestiture, not in the separately displayed IP income amounts on pages 54 and 74.

 

Supply Chain

 

Just as IBM works to transform its clients’ supply chains for greater efficiencies and responsiveness to market conditions, IBM has undertaken a large-scale initiative to recast IBM’s own supply chain as an on demand business operation, thereby turning what had previously been a cost/expense to be managed, into a strategic advantage for the company and, ultimately, for its clients.

 

IBM spends nearly $39 billion annually in its supply chain, procuring materials and services around the world. Prior to 2002, the company’s supply, manufacturing and distribution operations were spread across its product brands and service offerings. These are now integrated in one operating unit that can:

 

                  Understand and respond to marketplace opportunities and external risks, as well as the needs of clients, employees and partners

 

                  Convert fixed costs to variable costs

 

                  Simplify and streamline internal operations to improve sales force productivity and processes and thereby, continuing to improve the experiences of the company’s clients when working with IBM

 

                  Reduce inventories

 

49



 

The cost savings this unit generates provide two opportunities for the company: directly improve financial results, mostly through improved gross profit margins, or improve competitiveness and market share by passing some or all of the cost savings to clients. Accordingly, the cost savings generated by this unit will not always result in a dollar-for-dollar apparent gross margin improvement in the company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

While these efforts are largely concerned with product manufacturing and delivery, IBM is also applying supply chain principles to service delivery across its solutions and services lines of business.

 

By the end of 2003, the work of transforming and integrating its supply chain resulted in the lowest inventory levels for IBM in more than 20 years.

 

In addition to its own manufacturing operations, the company uses a number of contract manufacturing (CM) companies around the world to manufacture IBM-designed products. The use of CM companies is intended to generate cost efficiencies and reduce time-to-market for certain IBM products. Some of the company’s relationships with CM companies are exclusive. The company has key relationships with Sanmina-SCI for the manufacture of many Intel-based products and with Solectron for a significant portion of the manufacturing operations of Global Asset Recovery Services — an operation of Global Financing that restores end-of-lease personal computers and other IT equipment for resale. Further, some IBM-branded products are manufactured by third-party OEMs and then purchased by IBM and resold under the IBM brand.

 

KEY BUSINESS DRIVERS

 

Economic Environment and Corporate IT Spending Budgets

 

If overall demand for hardware, software and services changes, whether due to general economic conditions or a shift in corporate buying patterns, sales performance could be impacted. IBM’s diverse portfolio of products and offerings is designed to gain market share in strong and weak economic climates. The company accomplishes this by not only having a mix of offerings with long-term cash and income streams as well as cyclical transaction-based sales, but also by developing competitive products and solutions, and by effectively managing a skilled resource base.

 

Internal Business Transformation and Efficiency Initiatives

 

Key to the success of IBM’s strategy are its ongoing efforts to drive greater productivity and cost savings as IBM continues to transform itself into an on demand enterprise. Integral to these efforts will be the internal supply chain initiatives discussed above as well as the company’s efforts to manage the cost of its resources worldwide. These efforts will continue to include the rebalancing of skills, developing the most cost-effective workforce structure, and continuing to make the company’s compensation programs competitive and aligned with organizational units. The degree of continued success in this area will impact the amount of company expense and cost structure improvements, as well as the amount of competitive leverage it can apply by passing such savings along to clients.

 

Technology Innovations

 

IBM invests for new and innovative products and services. IBM has been moving away from commoditized categories of the IT industry and into areas in which it can differentiate itself through innovation, and by leveraging its investments in R&D. Examples include IBM’s leadership position in the design and fabrication of ASICs; the design of smaller, faster and energy-efficient semiconductor devices (using industry-leading innovations such as copper technology, silicon on insulator, silicon germanium, low-K dielectric and nano-technology); the design of “autonomic” or self-managing computing systems and “grid” computing networks that allow computers to share processing power; and the company’s efforts to advance open technology standards such as Linux. In the highly competitive IT industry with large diversified competitors as well as smaller and nimble single-technology competitors, IBM’s ability to continue its cutting-edge innovation is critical to maintaining and increasing market share. IBM is managing this risk by more closely linking its R&D organization to industry-specific and client-specific needs, as discussed on page 49.

 

Open Standards

 

The broad adoption of open standards is essential to the computing model for e-business on demand. Without the open standards that enable all manner of computing platforms to communicate and work with one another, the integration of any client’s internal systems, applications and processes remains a monumental and expensive task. The broad-based acceptance of open standards — rather than closed, proprietary architectures — also allows the computing infrastructure to more easily absorb new technical innovations. IBM is committed to fostering open standards because they benefit clients, because they are vital to the on demand computing model, and because their acceptance will expand growth opportunities across the entire business services and IT industry. IBM’s support is evidenced by the enabling of its products to support open standards such as Linux, as well as its recent acquisition of Rational. Rational’s software development tools can be used to develop and upgrade any other company’s software products. Accordingly, this acquisition is a critical part of IBM’s open standards strategy.

 

50



 

YEAR IN REVIEW

 

RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

Revenue

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE
CONSTANT
CURRENCY

 

Statement of Earnings Revenue Presentation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Services

 

$

42,635

 

$

36,360

 

17.3

%

9.3

%

Hardware

 

28,239

 

27,456

 

2.9

 

(2.9

)

Software

 

14,311

 

13,074

 

9.4

 

1.9

 

Global Financing

 

2,826

 

3,232

 

(12.6

)

(17.6

)

Enterprise Investments/Other

 

1,120

 

1,064

 

5.2

 

(2.9

)

Total

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

9.8

%

2.8

%

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE
CONSTANT
CURRENCY

 

Industry Sector:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

$

22,323

 

$

19,799

 

12.8

%

4.8

%

Public

 

13,977

 

12,171

 

14.8

 

8.5

 

Industrial

 

11,763

 

10,320

 

14.0

 

6.3

 

Distribution

 

8,079

 

7,751

 

4.2

 

(1.9

)

Communications

 

8,009

 

7,406

 

8.1

 

1.5

 

Small & Medium

 

19,809

 

17,371

 

14.0

 

6.0

 

OEM

 

2,634

 

3,350

 

(21.4

)

(21.8

)

Other

 

2,537

 

3,018

 

(15.9

)

(17.3

)

Total

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

9.8

%

2.8

%

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE
CONSTANT
CURRENCY

 

Geographies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Americas

 

$

38,078

 

$

36,423

 

4.5

%

3.7

%

Europe/Middle East/Africa

 

29,102

 

24,260

 

20.0

 

3.1

 

Asia Pacific

 

19,317

 

17,153

 

12.6

 

5.1

 

OEM

 

2,634

 

3,350

 

(21.4

)

(21.8

)

Total

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

9.8

%

2.8

%

 

Revenue for all industry sectors increased in 2003 on an as-reported basis. The Financial Services sector, Public sector and Industrial sector were among the strongest, with continued growth in the Small & Medium Business sector. These results reflect the company’s go-to-market strategy of designing industry-specific solutions. See the discussion on page 52 for the decrease in OEM. The decline in Other sector revenue was due to a decrease in customer revenue not allocated to an industry sector and other adjustments.

 

Full-year geographic revenue increased across all geographies. In the Americas, U.S. and Canada, revenue grew as did Latin America, notably in Brazil. In Europe/Middle East/Africa, revenue performance was highest in the U.K., Central Europe and Middle East and Africa. In Asia Pacific, 2003 revenue for Japan, which is 60 percent of the region’s revenue, increased compared with 2002, while the Australia/New Zealand and ASEAN regions achieved the strongest performance.

 

51



 

While OEM revenue, representing three percent of the company’s revenue, declined, such decline was smaller than the prior year decline. The year-to-year percent change in revenue reflects, in large part, the company’s exit from its interconnect products business in 2002, as well as sluggish demand from certain OEM clients.

 

The increase in Global Services revenue was driven by SO, as a result of new signings, as well as BCS, as a result of the acquisition of PwCC in the fourth quarter of 2002. For Hardware, Systems Group revenue increased as pSeries servers, xSeries servers, zSeries servers and Storage System revenue increased in 2003 versus 2002. pSeries server revenue increased due to increased demand for both low-end servers and high-end servers. xSeries server revenue increased due to continued success in the company’s new blade server offerings. Storage revenue increased due to increased demand for external disk and tape products. zSeries server revenue increased as total deliveries of computing power as measured in MIPS (millions of instructions per second) increased more than 28 percent in 2003 versus 2002. This increase was offset by lower average price per MIPS in 2003 versus 2002. Personal Systems Group revenue increased. Increases in mobile personal computer revenue were offset by lower revenue for desktop personal computers reflecting industry-wide price pressures. The decline in Technology Group revenue in 2003 was primarily due to divestitures in the Technology Group in 2002 as well as sluggish demand from certain OEM clients. With respect to Software, improved demand helped to drive middleware revenue increases. The WebSphere family of products, Data Management DB2 database software, and Tivoli security and storage software were middleware software categories with revenue growth. Operating system software increased due to the favorable impact of currencies. Offsetting these increases were lower demand for DB2 tools, Lotus advanced collaboration software and other middleware. Overall, the increase in total Software revenue was mainly due to the acquisition of Rational in the first quarter of 2003. The decline in Global Financing revenue in 2003 versus 2002 was primarily a result of lower interest rates and the decline in the average asset balance primarily driven by lower originations in prior years. See pages 69 to 73 for additional information regarding Global Financing results.

 

The following table presents each segment’s revenue as a percentage of the company’s total.

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

Global Services

 

47.8

%

44.8

%

 

Hardware

 

31.7

 

33.8

 

 

Software

 

16.1

 

16.1

 

 

Global Financing

 

3.2

 

4.0

 

 

Enterprise Investments/Other

 

1.2

 

1.3

 

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

Gross Profit

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Gross Profit Margin:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Services

 

25.2

%

26.3

%

(1.1

)pts.

Hardware

 

27.8

 

27.1

 

0.7

 

Software

 

86.5

 

84.4

 

2.1

 

Global Financing

 

55.8

 

56.2

 

(0.4

)

Enterprise Investments/Other

 

43.4

 

42.6

 

0.8

 

Total

 

37.0

%

37.3

%

(0.3

)pts.

 

The decline in Global Services margin was due to investment costs during the early stages of an SO contract and the company’s changing mix of revenue toward BCS. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in gross margin for Maintenance due to lower labor and parts costs and benefits from the 2002 productivity actions.

 

The increase in Hardware margin was achieved by cost improvements in zSeries and pSeries primarily due to the new product announcement of the z990 server and increased demand associated with the pSeries high-end servers. xSeries servers also increased as a result of cost improvements and the success of the company’s blade strategy. In addition, Technology Group margin increased primarily due to the productivity and cost savings resulting from the 2002 Microelectronics actions taken in the second quarter of 2002.

 

The Software margin increased due to growth in Software revenue principally as a result of currency translation.

 

The decrease in the Global Financing margin was driven by a mix change toward lower margin remarketing sales and away from financing income, partially offset by lower borrowing costs related to the current interest rate environment.

 

The cost savings generated by IBM’s supply chain initiatives also contributed to the company’s overall margin improvement, but as discussed on pages 49 and 50, the company will and has passed a portion of the savings to clients to improve competitive leadership and gain market share in key industry sectors.

 

Expense

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Total expense and other income

 

$

22,144

 

$

22,760

 

(2.7

) %

E/R

 

24.8

%

28.0

%

(3.2

)pts.

 

The Total expense and other income expense-to-revenue ratio declined 3.2 percentage points to 24.8 percent in 2003 versus 2002. This decline was a result of revenue increasing by 9.8 percent in 2003 versus 2002, while Total expense and other income declined 2.7 percent in 2003 versus 2002 due primarily to productivity and efficiency initiatives, and the 2002 actions partially offset by an increase in retirement-related plan costs. For additional information regarding the decline in Total expense and other income, see the following analyses by category.

 

52



 

SG &A

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative — base

 

$

15,826

 

$

14,557

 

8.7

%

Advertising

 

1,406

 

1,427

 

(1.5

)

Workforce reductions — ongoing

 

454

 

300

 

51.3

 

Bad debt

 

205

 

673

 

(69.5

)

2002 actions

 

(39

)

1,489

 

NM

 

Acquisition-related charges — PwCC

 

 

292

 

NM

 

Total

 

$

17,852

 

$

18,738

 

(4.7

)%

 


NM — not meaningful

 

Total SG&A expense decreased 4.7 percent (9 percent at constant currency) in 2003 primarily due to ongoing productivity and efficiency initiatives, including the related benefit associated with the 2002 actions. In addition, the decrease was due to the absence in 2003 of charges for the 2002 actions recorded in 2002. The 2002 actions, principally workforce reductions, comprise the Microelectronics and productivity actions taken in the second quarter of 2002 as well as the fourth quarter 2002 actions related to the acquisition of PwCC. See pages 105 through 107 for additional information on the 2002 actions. In addition, Bad debt expense declined in 2003 versus 2002 reflective of the increased provision the company recorded in 2002 to reflect the general economic environment as well as exposure in specific sectors, particularly the Communications sector. These issues have stabilized and contributed to the lower year-to-year bad debt charges.

 

These decreases were partially offset by higher expenses resulting from 2003 having a full year of expenses for PwCC (acquired in the fourth quarter of 2002) and the expense associated with Rational, which was acquired during the first quarter of 2003. Included in these expenses is the amortization of intangible assets relating to PwCC and Rational. Despite these higher expenses associated with acquisitions, the expense-to-revenue ratio for the SG&A-base category declined from 2002 to 2003 (17.9 percent to 17.8 percent, respectively) due, in part, to the benefits associated with the 2002 productivity actions. The amount of Workforce reductions — ongoing will vary from year to year depending upon needed skills, the competitive landscape and economic conditions. The 2002 amount excludes workforce reductions that took place in the second quarter of 2002. These 2002 second-quarter workforce reductions were recorded in the 2002 actions amount above. See note S, “2002 Actions,” on pages 105 to 107.

 

OTHER (INCOME) AND EXPENSE

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (income) and expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency transaction losses/(gains)

 

$

411

 

$

(39

)

NM

 

Interest income

 

(152

)

(127

)

19.7

%

Net realized gains on sales of securities and other investments

 

(54

)

(63

)

(14.3

)

Writedowns of impaired investment assets

 

50

 

58

 

(13.8

)

Net realized losses/(gains) from certain real estate activities

 

16

 

(66

)

(124.2

)

2002 actions

 

2

 

513

 

NM

 

Other

 

(35

)

(49

)

(28.6

)

Total

 

$

238

 

$

227

 

5.0

%

 


NM — not meaningful

 

Other (income) and expense in 2003 versus 2002 was generally flat. Foreign currency transaction losses/(gains) increased as the dollar weakened against other currencies. This increase was more than offset by the absence of 2002 actions, principally losses associated with the exiting of a business and the vacant space accruals in 2002. The foreign currency transaction losses/ (gains) relate primarily to losses on certain hedge contracts offset by gains on the settlement of foreign currency receivables and payables. See pages 67 and 68 for additional discussion of currency impacts on the company’s financial results.

 

53



 

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research, development and engineering:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

5,077

 

$

4,750

 

6.9

%

 

The increase in Research, development and engineering (RD&E) expense in 2003 versus 2002 was primarily the result of Software acquisitions.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CUSTOM DEVELOPMENT INCOME

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Intellectual property and custom development income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and other transfers of intellectual property

 

$

562

 

$

511

 

10.0

%

Licensing/royalty-based fees

 

338

 

351

 

(3.7

)

Custom development income

 

268

 

238

 

12.6

 

Total

 

$

1,168

 

$

1,100

 

6.1

%

 

IP and custom development income increased in 2003 versus 2002. The timing and amount of Sales and other transfers of IP may vary significantly from period to period depending upon timing of new patents and know-how development, timing of divestitures, economic conditions and industry consolidation. There were no 2003 agreements that individually had income of more than $100 million.

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

0.0

%

 

Interest expense is presented in Cost of Global Financing in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings only if the related external borrowings are to support the Global Financing external business. See pages 72 and 73 for additional information regarding Global Financing debt and interest expense.

 

Retirement-Related Benefits

 

The following table provides the total pre-tax cost/(income) for all retirement-related plans. Cost/(income) amounts are included as an addition to/reduction of, respectively, the company’s cost and expense amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings within the caption (e.g., Cost, SG&A, RD&E) relating to the job function of the individuals participating in the plans.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Retirement-related plans — cost/(income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit and contribution pension plans — cost/(income)

 

$

27

 

$

(619

)

NM

 

Nonpension postretirement benefits costs

 

335

 

371

 

(9.7

)%

Total

 

$

362

 

$

(248

)

NM

 

 


NM — not meaningful

 

54



 

On January 1, 2003, the company reduced its expected long-term return assumption on the U.S. IBM Personal Pension Plan’s (PPP) assets from 9.5 percent to 8 percent. On December 31, 2002, the company lowered its discount rate assumption from 7 percent to 6.75 percent, and lowered its rate of compensation increase from 6 percent to 4 percent. Reductions in these rates also occurred in certain non-U.S. countries. The company voluntarily fully funded the tax-qualified portion of the PPP, as measured by its accumulated benefit obligation, through a contribution of cash and IBM stock totaling $3,963 million in the fourth quarter of 2002. These assumption changes and funding action had the collective net effect of causing the reduction in the Retirement-related plans — cost/(income) amount displayed on page 54. See the Looking Forward section on page 64 for the impact of assumption changes on the 2004 Retirement-related plans — cost/(income). Also see pages 110 to 117 for additional information relating to the company’s retirement-related plans including assumptions and method used to determine assumptions.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 30.0 percent for 2003, compared with the 2002 effective tax rate of 29.1 percent. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2003 versus 2002 was primarily due to a less favorable mix of geographic income and the absence of the tax benefit associated with the Microelectronics actions taken in the second quarter of 2002.

 

Weighted-Average Common Shares

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

4.34

 

$

3.07

 

41.4

%

Basic

 

4.42

 

3.13

 

41.2

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding: (in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,756.1

 

1,730.9

 

1.5

%

Basic

 

1,721.6

 

1,703.2

 

1.1

 

 

The average number of common shares outstanding assuming dilution was higher by 25.2 million shares in 2003 versus 2002. The increase was primarily the result of the company’s use of common shares to fund a portion of its fourth quarter 2002 contribution to the PPP and common shares associated with the acquisition of PwCC, partially offset by the company’s common share repurchase program. See note N, “Stockholders’ Equity Activity,” on pages 100 and 101 for additional information regarding the common share activities. Also see note T, “Earnings Per Share of Common Stock,” on page 108.

 

SEGMENT DETAILS

 

The following is an analysis of the 2003 versus 2002 external segment results. The analysis of 2002 versus 2001 external segment results is on pages 61 and 62.

 

Global Services

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

YR.
TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Global Services Revenue:

 

$

42,635

 

$

36,360

 

17.3

%

Strategic Outsourcing

 

$

17,124

 

$

14,995

 

14.2

%

Business Consulting

 

12,955

 

9,424

 

37.5

 

Integrated Technology

 

7,099

 

6,871

 

3.3

 

Maintenance

 

5,457

 

5,070

 

7.6

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

Global Services revenue increased 17.3 percent (9.3 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002. SO revenue increased in 2003 primarily driven by new signings. SO continued to demonstrate its competitive advantage in delivering on demand solutions by leveraging its business transformation skills and its scale during 2003. e-business Hosting Services, an offering that provides Web infrastructure and application management as an Internet-based service, continued its strong pattern of revenue growth. BCS revenue increased in 2003 due to the acquisition of PwCC in the fourth quarter of 2002. ITS revenue increased due to the favorable impact of currency movements. During 2003, the company changed its reporting for certain OEM hardware sales to IBM clients from gross to net revenue treatment based upon a review of the terms of these sales. The company determined that the agent-like characteristics of these transactions were more appropriately recorded on a net revenue basis. Due to the amounts involved, the prior year amounts were not adjusted. As a result of this change in 2003, revenue and costs for ITS were lower by $279 million in 2003 as compared to 2002, partially offsetting the currency impact discussed above. This change had no impact on the company’s gross profit dollars, net income or cash flows.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Global Services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

$

10,732

 

$

9,548

 

12.4

%

Gross profit margin

 

25.2

%

26.3

%

(1.1

)pts.

 

55



 

The Global Services gross profit dollars increased primarily due to the corresponding increase in revenue. The gross profit margin declined due to investment costs on the early stages of an SO contract and the company’s changing mix toward BCS. These decreases in the gross profit margin were partially offset by the benefit from the 2002 productivity actions, as well as an increase in the gross margin for Maintenance, due to lower labor costs, as a result of improved product serviceability and increased automation, as well as lower parts costs.

 

Hardware

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
PERCENT
CHANGE

 

Hardware Revenue:

 

$

28,260

 

$

27,630

 

2.3

%

Systems Group

 

$

14,002

 

$

12,646

 

10.7

%

zSeries

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

iSeries

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

pSeries

 

 

 

 

 

12.5

 

xSeries

 

 

 

 

 

16.8

 

Storage Systems

 

 

 

 

 

9.8

 

Personal Systems Group

 

11,387

 

11,049

 

3.1

 

Personal Computers

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

Retail Store Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

 

Printer Systems

 

 

 

 

 

(2.7

)

Technology Group

 

2,871

 

3,935

 

(27.0

)

Microelectronics

 

 

 

 

 

(28.6

)

Engineering & Technology Services

 

 

 

 

 

65.6

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(41.2

)

 

Systems Group revenue increased 10.7 percent (3.3 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002 driven by xSeries server products due to growth in sales of high-volume servers supported by strong growth in blades. The company is now the industry leader in blade servers and just recently announced the industry’s most powerful 4-way blade solution at close to one-fourth the size of the competitors’ offerings. A blade is an independent server with its own processors, memory, storage, network controllers, operating system and applications. Blade servers slide into the bays in a single chassis, sharing power, fans, floppy drives, switches and ports with other blade servers, thereby reducing the cost of ownership by making it easier for clients to maintain the machines. The pSeries server revenues increased due to strong demand for the 64-bit POWER systems across both the low-end and high-end server offerings. The company expects to gain market share in both the xSeries and pSeries server businesses.

 

Revenue from the zSeries servers increased. The total delivery of zSeries computing power as measured in MIPS increased more than 28 percent in 2003 as compared to 2002. This increase was offset by lower average price per MIPS in 2003 versus 2002. The zSeries servers are often an integral part of clients’ restructuring into an on demand environment. Revenue from the iSeries servers increased in all four quarters of 2003 when compared to 2002. An important competitive differentiator for this platform is its ability to consolidate and integrate heterogeneous workloads. Storage Systems revenue increased due to growth in external disk and tape products.

 

Personal Systems Group revenue increased 3.1 percent (down 2.5 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002. Revenue from mobile personal computers increased due to strong demand and was offset by lower desktop personal computer revenue. The decreased desktop revenue primarily reflects the fact that increased volume gains were not enough to offset a reduction in price due to decreasing commodity costs.

 

Technology Group revenue declined 27.0 percent (27.5 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002 driven by actions taken in 2002 to refocus and redirect its Microelectronics business to the high-end foundry, ASICs and standard products, while creating a new technology services business. These actions included the divestiture of multiple non-core businesses. See pages 105 and 106 for additional information. There was also sluggish demand from certain OEM clients that contributed to this decline. The Technology Group’s advanced technologies provide the Systems Group with a competitive advantage in performance and cost, drivers for the Systems Group’s strong performance.

 

See page 118 for a discussion of the first quarter 2004 combination of the Systems Group and the Technology Group.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Hardware:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

$

8,136

 

$

7,399

 

10.0

%

Gross profit margin

 

28.8

%

26.8

%

2.0

pts.

 

Hardware gross profit dollars and gross profit margin increased in 2003 versus 2002. The increases were primarily driven by increases in Technology Group and Systems Group, and a more favorable mix of revenue toward the Systems Group, which has a higher gross profit margin than the other Hardware groups. The increase in Technology Group was primarily due to the productivity and cost savings resulting from the 2002 Microelectronics actions taken in the second quarter of 2002. The Systems Group gross margin increases were due to improvements across most products, as a result of improved component costs partly attributable to the company’s supply chain initiatives and reduced inventory losses.

 

56



 

Software

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

YR.
TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Software Revenue:

 

$

14,311

 

$

13,074

 

9.4

%

Middleware

 

$

11,242

 

$

10,117

 

11.1

%

WebSphere family

 

 

 

 

 

11.8

 

Data Management

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

Lotus

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Tivoli

 

 

 

 

 

12.0

 

Rational

 

 

 

 

 

NA

 

Other middleware

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

 

Operating systems

 

2,450

 

2,307

 

6.2

 

Other

 

619

 

650

 

(4.7

)

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

Software revenue increased 9.4 percent (1.9 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002, especially for Middleware software products. The WebSphere family of software offerings revenue increased as clients continue to focus on the higher function products that integrate Web-based applications, including advanced collaboration technology, on a user’s desktop. The lower-function WebSphere application server continued to commoditize. Improved demand was also noted for Data Management DB2 database software. Revenue from Tivoli products increased as clients continue to realize the on demand attributes of Tivoli products, enabling businesses to securely automate many of their processes and gain operational efficiencies. Operating system software revenue increased due to the favorable impacts of currency movements. Offsetting these increases were lower demand for DB2 tools, Lotus advanced collaboration software and Other middleware software. A new Lotus messaging platform became generally available during the 2003 fourth quarter and helped to drive momentum in the Lotus Notes family of products toward the end of 2003. Overall, the increase in total Software revenue was mainly due to the acquisition of Rational in the first quarter of 2003. When compared to the separately reported 2002 external revenue amounts for Rational, its revenue increased approximately 6 percent in 2003.

 

The company’s momentum with ISVs has continued to build as 155 partnership agreements were signed in 2003. These ISVs have committed to open standards and to lead with platforms such as DB2, WebSphere, Linux and eServer.

 

The company is rapidly evolving its Middleware business, including sales, marketing, development and ISV programs, to a greater focus on industry solutions and business transformations.

 

The increase in Operating system software revenue correlates to the increases in the related eServer increases.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Software:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

$

12,384

 

$

11,031

 

12.3

%

Gross profit margin

 

86.5

%

84.4

%

2.1

pts.

 

The increase in the Software gross profit dollars and gross profit margin was primarily driven by the growth in Software revenue and the positive impact from currency.

 

Global Financing

 

See page 70 for a discussion of Global Financing’s revenue and gross profit.

 

Enterprise Investments

 

Revenue from Enterprise Investments increased 4.2 percent (down 5.1 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002. The decline was attributable to demand for product life-cycle management software in the European market, especially in the automotive and aerospace industries.

 

Gross profit dollars increased 12.9 percent and gross profit margin increased 3.4 percentage points to 43.6 percent in 2003 versus 2002 primarily driven by the growth in product life-cycle management software attributable to the positive effects from currency.

 

FINANCIAL POSITION

 

Dynamics

 

The assets and debt associated with the company’s Global Financing business are a significant part of IBM’s financial condition. Accordingly, although the financial position amounts appearing below and on pages 58 and 59 are the company’s consolidated amounts including Global Financing, to the extent the Global Financing business is a major driver of the consolidated financial position, reference in the narrative section will be made to the separate Global Financing section in this Management Discussion on pages 69 to 73. The amounts appearing in the separate Global Financing section are supplementary data presented to facilitate an understanding of the company’s Global Financing business.

 

Working Capital

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

Current assets

 

$

44,998

 

$

41,722

 

Current liabilities

 

37,900

 

34,220

 

Working capital

 

$

7,098

 

$

7,502

 

Current ratio

 

1.19:1

 

1.22:1

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

57



 

Current assets increased $3,276 million due primarily to an increase of $1,672 million in Cash and cash equivalents and Marketable securities. See the Cash Flow analysis below. In addition, short-term receivables increased $1,565 million due to currency impacts.

 

Current liabilities increased $3,680 million due primarily to a $1,546 million increase in Deferred income primarily from the impact of foreign currencies, an $830 million increase in Accounts payable driven primarily by the impact of foreign currencies and the company’s outsourcing of some of its manufacturing, which changed the timing and amount of related accounts payable, a $615 million increase in Short-term debt (primarily associated with the Global Financing business, see pages 72 and 73), as well as a $743 million increase in Other accrued expenses and liabilities driven by increases in short-term derivatives that are in a liability position.

 

Cash Flow

 

The company’s cash flow from operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 79, are summarized in the table below. These amounts include the cash flows associated with the company’s Global Financing business. See pages 69 to 73.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

14,569

 

$

13,788

 

Investing activities

 

(5,122

)

(6,897

)

Financing activities

 

(7,798

)

(7,265

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

421

 

148

 

Net cash used in discontinued operations *

 

(162

)

(722

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,908

 

$

(948

)

 


*                  Does not include approximately $97 million in 2003 and $1,170 million in 2002 of net proceeds from the sale of the HDD business. Such proceeds are included in Net cash provided by investing activities in the table above.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased as compared to 2002. This increase was driven primarily by lower pension contributions of approximately $1.6 billion and improved cash results from operations represented by the combined effect of improved profitability and accounts payable management. These increases were partially offset by lower cash generated by the Global Financing business (see discussion on pages 69 to 73) in 2003 and lower cash received from the monetization of interest rate swaps in 2003 as compared to 2002. The monetization of interest rate swaps did not affect net income.

 

The decrease in cash flows in investing activities during 2003 was primarily attributable to fewer acquisitions in 2003 (primarily a $1,042 million net cash payment for Rational and a $397 million true-up for the 2002 acquisition of PwCC) than in 2002 (primarily a $2,852 million net cash payment for PwCC) and a decrease in capital expenditures as the company completes its 300 millimeter semiconductor facility. These increases were offset by the reduction in cash received from divestitures ($97 million in 2003 versus $1,233 million primarily for the HDD divestiture in 2002). The increase in cash used in financing activities in 2003 compared to 2002 was primarily the result of a reduction of debt, increased stock repurchases and dividends during 2003.

 

Non-Current Assets and Liabilities

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

YR.
TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Non-current assets

 

$

59,459

 

$

54,762

 

8.6

%

Long-term debt

 

16,986

 

19,986

 

(15.0

)

Non-current liabilities (excluding debt)

 

21,707

 

19,496

 

11.3

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

The increase in Non-current assets during 2003 was primarily due to the $2,423 million increase in Prepaid pension assets associated with net periodic pension income (see pages 110 to 117) as well as a $1,015 million impact due to foreign currencies and a $2,806 million increase in Goodwill, which was primarily driven by the acquisition of Rational, as discussed on pages 89 and 90. These increases were partially offset by the decrease of $699 million in Long-term financing receivables (see pages 69 through 73) due to lower originations in sales type leases and lower amounts outstanding of syndicated loans.

 

Long-term debt decreased $3,000 million primarily driven by the decrease in non-Global Financing debt (see below).

 

Other non-current liabilities increased $2,211 million primarily due to a $1,036 million increase in Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations, a $384 million increase in non-current deferred taxes and a $433 million increase in non-current Deferred income. The increase in Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations was primarily attributable to the required accounting for the unfunded status of the non-U.S. pension plans as discussed on pages 110 through 115, as well as accrued pension costs and foreign exchange impact. The increase in both non-current deferred taxes and non-current Deferred income was primarily attributable to the impact of foreign currencies.

 

Debt

 

The company’s funding requirements are continually monitored and strategies are executed to manage the company’s overall asset and liability profile. Additionally, the company maintains sufficient flexibility to access global funding sources as needed.

 

58



 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Total company debt

 

$

23,632

 

$

26,017

 

Non-Global Financing debt *

 

368

 

2,189

 

Non-Global Financing debt/ capitalization

 

1.5

%

10.2

%

 


*                  Non-global financing debt is the company’s total external debt less the Global Financing debt described in the Global Financing balance sheet on pages 70, 72 and 73.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2002, the company increased its non-Global Financing debt to position itself for potential year-end pension funding levels and the possible acquisition of Rational, especially given the cash paid for PwCC during the 2002 fourth quarter. Based upon the strong cash flows from operations in 2003, the company reduced non-Global Financing debt.

 

Equity

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

27,864

 

$

22,782

 

22.3

%

 

The company’s total consolidated Stockholders’ equity increased $5,082 million during 2003 primarily due to an increase in the company’s retained earnings partially offset by the company’s ongoing stock repurchase program and higher dividend payments.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The company, in the ordinary course of business, entered into off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by the SEC Final Rule 67 (FR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations,” including: certain guarantees, indemnifications and retained interests in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity for securitization purposes.

 

None of these off-balance sheet arrangements either has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. See pages 65 and 66 for the company’s contractual obligations.

 

See note O, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on pages 102 and 103, for detailed information about the company’s guarantees on certain loans and financial commitments, indemnification arrangements and loans receivable securitization program.

 

CONSOLIDATED FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

 

(dollars and shares in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR FOURTH QUARTER:

 

2003

 

2002

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Revenue

 

$

25,913

 

$

23,684

 

9.4

%*

Gross profit margin

 

38.4

%

38.8

%

(0.4

)pts.

Total expense and other income

 

$

6,097

 

$

6,479

 

(5.9

)%

Total expense and other income-to-revenue ratio

 

23.5

%

27.4

%

(3.9

)pts.

Provision for income taxes

 

$

1,162

 

$

801

 

45.0

%

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2,716

 

$

1,911

 

42.2

%

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

1.56

 

$

1.11

 

40.5

%

Basic

 

$

1.59

 

$

1.12

 

42.0

%

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,745.7

 

1,728.7

 

1.0

%

Basic

 

1,708.5

 

1,699.1

 

0.6

%

 


*                  0.8 percent increase at constant currency

 

Continuing Operations

 

The increase in IBM’s fourth quarter 2003 Income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations as compared to the fourth quarter of 2002 was due to:

 

                  The increased demand for the company’s offerings as a result of the reviving economy as well as the company’s market share gains

                  The charges recorded in the fourth quarter of 2002 associated with the acquisition of PwCC (approximately half of the increase)

                  Favorable impact of currency translation partly offset by related hedging activity

 

The following is an analysis of external segment results.

 

The company achieved Global Services signings of over $17 billion, including three over $1 billion, and additionally, 18 over $100 million. Included were several key signings for the company’s relatively new BTO business, which totaled nearly $3 billion in signings. Global Services revenue increased 8.3 percent (1 percent decrease at constant currency). The decline at constant currency was mainly due to lower BCS revenue as the positive impact of the economy had not yet driven increased corporate spending in this area by year-end. Although 2003 fourth quarter BCS revenue declined year-to-year, its BTO signings are a positive sign for the unit’s future prospects as well as the fact that revenue for the unit increased sequentially from third quarter to fourth quarter.

 

59



 

The company’s Systems Group revenue grew 17.5 percent (8 percent at constant currency) driven by zSeries mainframes and xSeries servers. zSeries revenue increased due to the successful introduction of the z990 products that include additional memory capabilities, I/O channels, processors and secure-key cryptography. zSeries volumes increased 62 percent as measured in MIPS compared to the 2002 fourth quarter. xSeries revenues increased due to the company’s successful blade strategy. Increased demand drove higher revenue for pSeries and Storage. iSeries revenue was generally flat.

 

Technology Group revenue declined 19.5 percent (20 percent at constant currency) primarily driven by the impact of divestitures in 2002. Personal Systems Group revenue increased 15.9 percent (8 percent at constant currency) due primarily to higher demand for personal computers, particularly mobile products, as increased volumes more than offset reductions in prices.

 

Software revenue increased 11.8 percent (2 percent at constant currency) primarily due to continued strength in demand for WebSphere, DB2 Database and Tivoli middleware products, as well as the acquisition of Rational. Rational, acquired during the 2003 first quarter, surpassed expectations and yielded 28 percent revenue growth over its separately reported results for the 2002 fourth quarter. Operating system revenue increased due to the favorable impact of currency movements.

 

Global Financing revenue declined 11.5 percent (18 percent at constant currency) due primarily to lower interest rates and a lower average asset base. Given the unit’s annuity-like business, lower originations in years prior to 2003 resulted in lower revenue in 2003.

 

The company’s gross profit margin declined slightly and was driven by declines in Global Services, Hardware and Global Financing, partially offset by Software. In Global Services, a 1.5 point decline was due to continued price pressures given current industry demand, higher investment costs associated with the early stages of an SO contract, and the rescoping of several outsourcing contracts. In Hardware, margins were flat in Systems Group and up in Technology Group, offset by a 3 point decline in the Personal Systems Group driven by increased warranty costs associated with desktop products and industry-wide price declines. The decline in Global Financing margins of 3 points was driven by a mix change toward lower margin remarketing sales away from financing income.

 

The decline in the company’s Total expense and other income was due to the $574 million pre-tax charge primarily associated with the fourth quarter 2002 acquisition of PwCC. This decline was partially as offset by increases in expenses attributable to the newly acquired businesses (primarily Rational). The company’s expense-to-revenue ratio improved by 3.9 points, of which 2.4 points were associated with the absence in the 2003 fourth quarter of the pre-tax charge that was incurred in the 2002 fourth quarter. The remaining 1.5 point improvement is associated with additional productivity and efficiency initiatives partially offset by the increased expenses associated with the acquired businesses. On specific expense items, retirement-related plans resulted in $169 million of additional expense in the 2003 fourth quarter due to the net impact of assumption changes and contributions at year end 2002. The provision for doubtful accounts was $144 million lower in the 2003 fourth quarter due to the stabilization of the general economy and specific client issues over the past twelve months.

 

The company’s 2003 fourth quarter effective tax rate was 30.0 percent as compared to 29.5 percent in the 2002 fourth quarter.

 

Share repurchases totaled approximately $3.1 billion in the fourth quarter. The weighted-average number of diluted common shares outstanding in the quarter was 1,745.7 billion compared with 1,728.7 billion in the 2002 fourth quarter, higher by 17.0 million shares. The increased amount of shares was driven primarily by additional diluted shares related to the company’s higher share price compared with the prior-year period, and additional shares issued in conjunction with the company’s acquisition of PwCC and the funding for the company’s PPP in the fourth quarter 2002, offset by the company’s ongoing common share repurchase program in the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

The company generated higher cash flows from operations in the 2003 fourth quarter as compared to the 2002 fourth quarter primarily due to the strong financial results described above, as well as lower pension funding in the fourth quarter of 2003 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2002. The company also reduced capital expenditures as it completes the 300 millimeter semiconductor facility. Finally, the company repurchased $3,069 million in shares during the 2003 fourth quarter ($3,010 million was settled in cash and the remainder was reflected in accounts payable and will be settled in 2004). This compared with $74 million in shares repurchased during the 2002 fourth quarter.

 

60



 

PRIOR YEAR IN REVIEW

 

(dollars and shares in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2002

 

2001

 

YR. TO YR.
CHANGE

 

Revenue

 

$

81,186

 

$

83,067

 

(2.3

)%*

Gross profit margin

 

37.3

%

38.4

%

(1.1

) pts.

Total expense and other income

 

$

22,760

 

$

20,439

 

11.4

%

Total expense and other income-to-revenue ratio

 

28.0

%

24.6

%

3.4 pts.

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

2,190

 

$

3,304

 

(33.7

) %

Income from continuing operations

 

$

5,334

 

$

8,146

 

(34.5

) %

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

3.07

 

$

4.59

 

(33.1

) %

Basic

 

$

3.13

 

$

4.69

 

(33.3

) %

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

$

1,755

 

$

423

 

NM

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

(1.01

)

$

(0.24

)

NM

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

(1.03

)

$

(0.24

)

NM

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,730.9

 

1,771.2

 

(2.3

) %

Basic

 

1,703.2

 

1,733.3

 

(1.7

) %

Assets **

 

$

96,484

 

$

90,303

 

6.8

%

Liabilities **

 

$

73,702

 

$

66,855

 

10.2

%

Equity **

 

$

22,782

 

$

23,448

 

(2.8

) %

 


*                  2.9 percent decrease at constant currency

**           at December 31

NM — not meaningful

 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

Income from continuing operations and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations each declined over 30 percent in 2002 as compared to 2001. Over half of the decline was attributable to after-tax charges of $1.2 billion and $433 million associated with the 2002 second quarter Microelectronics and productivity actions and the charges related to the 2002 fourth quarter acquisition of PwCC, respectively. The remainder of the decline was primarily due to lower corporate spending on IT. Sector revenue in 2002 declined across all client sectors compared to 2001 with the exception of the Public sector, which had strong growth in a continuing tough economic climate. The Small & Medium Business sector gained traction despite the economy, reflecting the company’s increased focus on this client sector.

 

Geographic revenue declines were due to lower corporate spending on IT given the economic trends prevalent from 2001 to 2002. Such declines were experienced in the Americas compared with 2001, whereas Asia Pacific revenue was essentially the same in 2002 as compared to 2001. Asia Pacific’s revenue performance was slowed by a weak economy in Japan (over 60 percent of Asia Pacific revenue), although revenue growth was achieved in the ASEAN region. Europe/Middle East/Africa’s revenue increased 1.1 percent, although it declined 4 percent at constant currency, primarily due to weakness in the U.K., France and Germany, offset by good performance in Italy.

 

The following is an analysis of external segment results.

 

Global Services

 

Revenue increased 4.0 percent (3 percent at constant currency) to $36,360 million as a result of the fourth quarter 2002 acquisition of PwCC into the company’s BCS business. SO revenue increased despite the economic downturn given its annuity-like characteristics. ITS revenue also increased due to increased deployment of network hardware and connectivity services, business continuity services and OEM alliances. The PwCC acquisition accounted for all of BCS’s revenue increase. The company signed $53 billion of services contracts in 2002, an increase of $2 billion versus 2001. The estimated services backlog at December 31, 2002, was $112 billion.

 

Hardware Segments

 

Revenue declined 10.5 percent (11 percent at constant currency) to $27,630 million and is more sensitive to changes in the economy and corporate IT spending levels relative to Global Services. Systems Group revenue declined 8.0 percent (10 percent at constant currency) across zSeries, iSeries, pSeries and storage, although zSeries MIPS deliveries increased 6 percent compared to 2001. xSeries also increased as the company launched its blade offerings. Personal Systems Group revenue declined 7.8 percent (9 percent at constant currency) for the same reasons cited above. Technology Group revenue declined 23.6 percent (23 percent at constant currency) primarily due to divestiture of multiple, non-core businesses during the year, including display and card manufacturing.

 

Software Group

 

Revenue increased 1.0 percent (flat at constant currency) to $13,074 million. The company noted two trends in 2002. First, clients were spending more time on the selection process for software solutions and second, clients were more inclined to negotiate smaller software arrangements, which are perceived to provide a faster return on investment. The company’s focus on client base expansion offset these two trends. Modest growth in middleware products, particularly in Data Management, WebSphere and Tivoli, offset declines in operating system revenue, which is somewhat dependent on hardware volumes.

 

61



 

Global Financing

 

See pages 69 through 73 for prior year review of Global Financing.

 

Enterprise Investments

 

Revenue decreased 8.6 percent (10.6 percent at constant currency) to $1,022 million primarily as a result of lower revenue from document processors, partially offset by increased revenue from product life-cycle management software.

 

The decline in the total company gross profit margin primarily related to the Hardware segments as a result of lower volumes. Small declines in the Global Services gross profit margin, especially in the Communications and Financial Services industry sectors were offset by modest increases in Software margins from productivity initiatives.

 

The increase in the expense-to-revenue ratio was primarily due to:

 

                  The second quarter Microelectronics and productivity actions ($1,727 million)

 

                  The fourth quarter actions associated with the acquisition of PwCC ($614 million)

 

                  An increase in bad debt expense resulting from the weakening economy in 2002 and exposures in the Communications sector ($183 million)

 

                  An increase in SG&A-base expenses primarily due to the acquired PwCC business ($161 million)

 

                  Lower IP and custom development income ($376 million)

 

                  Lower retirement-related plans income due to changes made to the pension assumptions at the beginning of 2002 ($245 million)

 

                  Absence of goodwill amortization expense due to a new accounting rule ($262 million)

 

                  Lower revenue

 

These items were partially offset by:

 

                  Lower advertising expense resulting from a strategic initiative to consolidate and centralize certain advertising spending at the corporate level ($188 million)

 

                  Lower RD&E expense resulting from productivity initiatives ($236 million)

 

The effective tax rate increased from 28.9 percent in 2001 to 29.1 percent in 2002. This increase was due primarily to a less favorable mix of geographic income offset by the tax effect of the Microelectronics portion of the 2002 actions.

 

The company made a $3,963 million voluntary contribution to the PPP consisting of $1,871 million of company stock and $2,092 million of cash in the fourth quarter of 2002. As a result, the PPP was fully funded on an accumulated benefit obligation basis at December 31, 2002.

 

Assets increased in 2002 primarily due to the increase in the company’s Prepaid pension assets from the company’s $3,963 million contribution to the PPP as well as an increase in Goodwill primarily driven by the acquisition of PwCC.

 

Cash decreased almost $1 billion from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002. The primary drivers of the decrease were the $2.9 billion cash disbursed for PwCC and the $2.1 billion cash contribution to the PPP. These were offset by cash received from the sale of the company’s HDD business ($1,170 million) and the monetization of interest rate swaps ($650 million), the collection of 2001 taxes and interest ($460 million), as well as cash generated by operations and other sources (the remainder).

 

Liabilities increased in 2002 primarily due to an increase in the company’s Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations primarily attributable to the required accounting for the unfunded status of the non-U.S. pension plans, an increase in other accruals due to the 2002 actions taken by the company as described in note S, “2002 Actions,” on pages 105 through 107 and the impact of foreign currencies.

 

In addition, non-Global Financing debt increased almost $600 million due to the acquisition of PwCC and the cash contribution to the PPP.

 

Global Financing debt decreased $1.7 billion in line with a decrease in Global Financing assets. The Global Financing debt to equity ratio increased from 6.8 to 6.9 at December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002, respectively. These ratios are within management’s target range. The Global Financing allowance for doubtful accounts coverage increased from 2.4 percent to 3.5 percent as a result of economic trends in 2002 and certain exposures in the Communications sector. The ratio of unguaranteed residual value as a percentage of the related original amount financed remained relatively flat at December 31, 2002, as compared to December 31, 2001.

 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

On December 31, 2002, the company sold its HDD business to Hitachi for approximately $2 billion. The majority of the cash was received in 2002 with the remaining due within one and three years after closing. The HDD business was accounted for as a discontinued operation whereby the results of operations and cash flows were removed from the company’s results from continuing operations for all periods presented.

 

The company incurred a loss on sale of $382 million, net-of-tax. The increased loss from discontinued operations in 2002 as compared to 2001 was due to (amounts are net-of-tax):

 

                  The loss on sale noted above

 

                  An increase in certain actions taken by the company in the second and fourth quarters of 2002 ($508 million)

 

                  An increase in inventory write-offs resulting from a strategic decision to cease reworking and selling efforts for some of the older HDD products after the announcement of the divestiture plans ($217 million)

 

62



 

LOOKING FORWARD

 

The following key drivers impacting IBM’s business are discussed on page 50:

 

                  Economic environment and corporate IT spending budgets for Enterprise Computing

 

                  Internal business transformation and efficiency initiatives

 

                  Technological innovations

 

                  Open standards, including Linux

 

With respect to the economic environment, while it is always difficult to predict future economic trends, year-end 2003 signals indicate that the IT industry has stabilized and the next growth cycle in IT spending may be starting. The year-to-year and sequential quarterly growth trend comparisons achieved by the company are such signals (prior to considering the positive year-to-year comparison benefits associated with the acquisitions of PwCC and Rational).

 

With respect to business transformation and the continual conversion of IBM into an on demand business, the company’s supply chain initiatives are expected to allow flexibility to drive additional competitive advantages. The company will focus on expense management and additional productivity initiatives with the aim of continuing to reduce the company’s expense-to-revenue ratios.

 

Finally, with respect to technology, in 2003 the company has again been awarded more U.S. patents than any other company for the eleventh year in a row.

 

From a client-set perspective, the strong momentum in 2003 with respect to the Small & Medium Business sector should continue while the Financial and Public sectors should also continue to benefit from, among other things, the company’s new z990 mainframes. The Communications, Distribution and Industrial sectors may not grow as fast. The company reorganized Global Services and Software to be better aligned with the company’s industry sectors. This change will foster an even greater ability to create industry specific solutions for clients.

 

From a Global Services perspective, the company finished 2003 with strong signings.

 

Global Services Signings

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Longer-term *

 

$

34,608

 

$

33,068

 

$

32,016

 

Shorter-term *

 

20,854

 

20,020

 

19,261

 

Total

 

$

55,462

 

$

53,088

 

$

51,277

 

 


*                  Longer-term contracts generally 7 to 10 years in length and represent SO and BTO contracts as well as BCS contracts with the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Shorter-term contracts are generally 3 to 9 months in length and represent the remaining BCS and ITS contracts.

 

The estimated services backlog, including SO, BCS, ITS and Maintenance, was $120 billion at December 31, 2003. Backlog estimates are subject to change and are affected by several factors, including changes in scope of contracts (mainly long-term contracts), periodic revalidations and currency assumptions used to approximate constant currency. Included in the numbers above are several significant BTO contract signings within its BCS business. These key competitive wins represent strong momentum in the company’s goal to drive the BTO business into a significant growth driver in the coming years.

 

To improve margins over the next year, the company is targeting roughly a 4-point improvement in the utilization rate of its consultants, optimizing the labor mix, and working to reduce overhead costs by 15 percent through additional productivity and efficiency initiatives.

 

The combination of the company’s Systems Group and Technology Group, as discussed on page 118, will continue to benefit the company’s ability to integrate key semiconductor and other core technology innovations into solutions for clients. The company continues to leverage its eServer zSeries mainframe technology investments across its server and storage portfolio. The ability to share elements of this technology, such as security, automation and virtualization, with the more commoditized platforms is a key competitive advantage for IBM.

 

The Technology Group’s 2003 fourth quarter pre-tax loss was less than that for the third quarter, even with lower IP income. With the backdrop of meeting very strong demand for the Systems Group’s key needs, the recent arrangement with Microsoft to supply technology for its new Xbox system and the continued growth of the relatively new E&TS business, the company believes that its Microelectronics and E&TS Divisions will continue to strongly benefit IBM’s other businesses and to continue the modest momentum that began in the fourth quarter 2003.

 

Given the commoditized nature of the personal computer industry, future results may be more volatile than in the company’s other businesses. The company’s internal surveys, however, indicate that 57 percent of clients purchased IBM personal computers due to unique IBM features such as ThinkVantage technologies that often lower the cost to operate and maintain the machines. The company will attempt to continue to build on these types of differentiating factors.

 

As for the company’s software business, key to future growth will be the continued leveraging of ISVs as an overall business partner and an additional route to market. The new Lotus workplace messaging platform became generally available in late November 2003 and received positive reaction from both clients and industry analysts. Operating system software growth will be dependent, in part, on the growth of the underlying hardware sales.

 

See page 73 for forward-looking information regarding Global Financing.

 

63



 

Given the declining interest rate environment, the company reduced its discount rate assumption for the PPP by 75 basis points. The company will keep the expected long-term return on PPP assets at 8 percent, despite the strong performance of the plan assets in 2003. With similar overall trends in these assumptions worldwide, as well as the impact of the recent years’ changes in the market value of plan assets, the year-to-year impact from retirement-related plans on pre-tax income in 2004 will be approximately $650 million (lower) as compared to year-to-year changes between 2002 and 2003 of approximately $600 million (lower in 2003 versus 2002). See page 117 for a discussion of recently enacted Medicare legislation with respect to nonpension postretirement benefits.

 

The amount of IP and custom development income has been declining in recent years. Although it increased slightly in 2003, the overall declining trend may continue as the company does not expect it to be a contributor to growth.

 

In the normal course of business, the company expects that its effective tax rate will approximate 30 percent. The rate will change year-to-year based on nonrecurring events (such as the tax effect of the Microelectronics Division’s actions in 2002) as well as recurring factors, including the geographic mix of income before taxes, the timing and amount of foreign dividends, state and local taxes, and the interaction of various global tax strategies.

 

In 2001, the World Trade Organization (WTO) determined that tax provisions of the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income (ETI) Exclusion Act of 2000 constitute an export subsidy prohibited by the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures Agreement. The U.S. government appealed the panel’s decision and lost its appeal. There are various proposals at this time before the U.S. Congress, and the company anticipates that the U.S. will repeal the ETI regime. If the ETI exclusion is repealed and suitable replacement legislation is not enacted, the loss of the ETI tax benefit may adversely impact the company’s tax rate.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

The company generates strong cash flow from operations, providing a source of funds ranging between $8.8 billion and $14.6 billion per year over the past 5 years. The company provides for additional liquidity through several sources—a sizable cash balance, access to global funding sources and two committed global credit facilities. The table below provides a summary of these major sources of liquidity as of the ends of fiscal years 1999 through 2003.

 

Cash Flow and Liquidity Trends

 

(dollars in billions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

9.0

 

$

8.8

 

$

14.0

 

$

13.8

 

$

14.6

 

Cash and marketable securities

 

5.8

 

3.7

 

6.4

 

6.0

 

7.6

 

Size of global credit facilities

 

10.0

 

10.0

 

12.0

 

12.0

 

10.0

 

 

The major rating agencies’ ratings on the company’s debt securities at December 31, 2003, appear in the table below and remain unchanged over the past 5 years. The company has no contractual arrangements that, in the event of a change in credit rating, would result in a material adverse effect on its financial position or liquidity.

 

 

 

STANDARD
AND
POOR’S

 

MOODY’S
INVESTORS
SERVICE

 

FITCH
RATINGS

 

Senior long-term debt

 

A+

 

A1

 

AA-

 

Commercial paper

 

A-1

 

Prime-1

 

f-1+

 

 

The company prepares its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows,” on page 79 and discusses causes and events underlying sources and uses of cash in that format on page 58. For purposes of running its business, the company manages, monitors and analyzes cash flows in a different format.

 

As discussed on page 69, one of the company’s two primary objectives of its Global Financing business is to generate strong return-on-equity. Increasing receivables is the basis for growth in a financing business. Accordingly, management considers Global Financing receivables as a profit-generating investment—not as working capital that should be minimized for efficiency. After classifying the cash (from)/for Global Financing receivables as an investment, the remaining net cash flow is viewed by the company as the cash available for investment and for distribution to shareholders. And with respect to the company’s cash flow analysis for internal management purposes, Global Financing receivables are combined with Global Financing debt to represent the Net Global Financing receivables (a profit-generating investment).

 

Over the past 5 years, the company generated over $57 billion in cash available for investment and for distribution to shareholders. As a result, the company invested a net $2.5 billion in its Global Financing business, made $22.5 billion of net capital expenditures, invested $7.6 billion in strategic acquisitions, received $6.2 billion from divestitures and returned $32.9 billion to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. The amount of future year returns to shareholders in the form of dividends and share repurchases vary based upon several factors including affordability, namely each year’s operating results, capital expenditures, research and development, and acquisitions, as well as the factors discussed immediately following the first table on page 65.

 

64



 

The table below represents the way in which management reviews its cash flow as described above.

 

(dollars in billions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

Net cash from operating activities (comprised of):

 

$

9.0

 

$

8.8

 

$

14.0

 

$

13.8

 

$

14.6

 

Cash (from)/for Global Financing accounts receivable

 

(1.7

)

(2.5

)

2.0

 

3.3

 

1.9

 

Cash available for investment and for distribution to shareholders

 

10.7

 

11.3

 

12.0

 

10.5

 

12.7

 

Net Global Financing receivables

 

(2.3

)

(0.6

)

0.9

 

0.2

 

(0.7

)

Net capital expenditures

 

(4.8

)

(4.3

)

(4.9

)

(4.6

)

(3.9

)

Net divestitures/(acquisitions)

 

3.5

 

(0.3

)

(0.9

)

(2.0

)

(1.7

)

Returns to shareholders

 

(8.2

)

(7.6

)

(6.5

)

(5.2

)

(5.4

)

Other

 

0.8

 

 

2.2

 

0.2

 

0.9

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(0.3

)

$

(1.5

)

$

2.8

 

$

(0.9

)

$

1.9

 

 

Events that could temporarily change the historical cash flow dynamics discussed on page 64 include unexpected adverse impacts from litigation or future pension funding during periods of severe and prolonged downturns in the capital markets. Whether any litigation has such an adverse impact will depend on a number of variables, which are more completely described on pages 101 and 102. With respect to pension funding, the company is not quantifying such impact because it is not possible to predict future timing or direction of the capital markets. However, for 2004, if actual returns on plan assets for the PPP were less than 5 percent, the PPP’s accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) would be greater than its Plan assets. As discussed on pages 110 to 115, such a situation may result in a voluntary contribution of cash or stock to the PPP or a charge to stockholders’ equity.

 

The following table depicts the company’s firm contractual commitments and must be reviewed within the context of the discussion above. While these commitments may vary from period to period and provide a view as to certain unavoidable cash outflows, they represent a small picture of the overall cash dynamics of the company in the table above.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

TOTAL
CONTRACTUAL
PAYMENT
STREAM

 

PAYMENTS DUE IN

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2005-06

 

2007-08

 

AFTER 2008

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

$

19,343

 

$

4,061

 

$

5,846

 

$

1,508

 

$

7,928

 

Capital (Finance) lease obligations

 

58

 

11

 

27

 

6

 

14

 

Operating lease obligations

 

6,414

 

1,401

 

2,078

 

1,533

 

1,402

 

Purchase obligations

 

3,362

 

2,024

 

1,063

 

210

 

65

 

Other long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum pension funding (mandated) *

 

1,212

 

220

 

564

 

428

 

 

Executive compensation

 

657

 

79

 

82

 

90

 

406

 

Environmental liabilities

 

243

 

29

 

32

 

28

 

154

 

Long-term termination benefits

 

2,627

 

487

 

396

 

260

 

1,484

 

Other

 

255

 

47

 

125

 

64

 

19

 

Total

 

$

34,171

 

$

8,359

 

$

10,213

 

$

4,127

 

$

11,472

 

 


*                  These amounts represent future pension payments that are mandated by local regulations or statute. They are all associated with non-U.S. pension plans. The projected payments beyond 2008 are not currently determinable. See note W, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 110 to 115 for additional information on the non-U.S. plans’ investment strategies and expected contributions.

 

Purchase obligations include all commitments to purchase goods or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that meet any of the following criteria: (1) they are noncancelable, (2) the company would incur a penalty if the agreement was cancelled, or (3) the company must make specified minimum payments even if it does not take delivery of the contracted products or services (“take-or-pay”). If the obligation to purchase goods or services is noncancelable, the entire value of the contract was included in the above table. If the obligation is cancelable, but the company would incur a penalty if cancelled, the dollar amount of the penalty was included as a purchase obligation. Contracted minimum amounts specified in take-or-pay contracts are also included in the above table as they represent the portion of each contract that is a firm commitment.

 

65



 

In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into contracts that specify that IBM will purchase all or a portion of its requirements of a specific product, commodity, or service from a supplier or vendor. These contracts are generally entered into in order to secure pricing or other negotiated terms. They do not specify fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and, therefore, the company does not consider them to be purchase obligations.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

The application of GAAP involves the exercise of varying degrees of judgment. While the resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, not always precisely equal the related actual results, eight of these estimates involve more judgment than others. Two of these estimates are the allowance for uncollectible financing receivables and the fair value of lease residual values. See page 73 for a discussion of these estimates. The others are discussed below.

 

The sensitivity analyses used below are not meant to provide a reader with management’s predictions of the variability of the estimates used. Rather, the sensitivity levels selected (e.g., 5 percent, 10 percent, etc.) are included to allow users of the Annual Report to understand a general-direction cause and effect of changes in the estimates.

 

Useful Lives of Technology Group Plant and Equipment

 

The company determines the estimated useful lives and related depreciation charges for its plant and equipment. For the Technology Group, this estimate is based on projected product life-cycles that could change significantly due to technical innovations and competitor actions in response to relatively severe industry cycles. To the extent actual useful lives are less than previously estimated lives, the company will increase its depreciation charge or will write-off or writedown technically obsolete or non-strategic assets that have been abandoned or sold.

 

The company estimates useful lives of its Technology Group equipment by reference to the current and projected dynamics in the semiconductor industry, product life-cycles and anticipated competitor actions.

 

To the extent that Technology Group actual useful lives differ from management’s estimates by 10 percent, consolidated net income would be an estimated $57 million higher/lower based upon 2003 results depending upon whether the actual lives were longer/shorter, respectively, than the estimates. To the extent that the actual lives were shorter by 10 percent, it is estimated that there would have also been a lower-of-cost-or-market inventory charge of less than $5 million.

 

Pension Assumptions

 

The expected long-term return on plan assets is used in calculating the net periodic pension cost/(income). See pages 110 to 115 for information regarding the expected long-term return on plan assets assumption. The differences between the actual return on plan assets and expected long-term return on plan assets are recognized in the calculation of net periodic pension cost/(income) over five years.

 

As described on pages 110 through 115, if the fair value of the pension plan’s assets is below the plan’s ABO, the company will be required to record a minimum liability. In some situations, the pension asset must be partially reversed through a charge to stockholders’ equity. If the amount of the ABO in excess of the fair value of plan assets is large enough, the company may be required, by law, to make an additional contribution to the pension plan. Actual results that differ from the estimates may result in more or less future company funding into the pension plans than is planned by management. See page 65 for additional information and near-term sensitivities of actual returns on funding decisions.

 

To the extent the outlook for long-term returns changes such that management changes its expected long-term return on plan assets assumptions, each 50 basis point change in the expected long-term return on PPP plan assets assumption will have an estimated increase or decrease of $225 million on the following year’s pre-tax net periodic pension income (based upon the PPP’s plan assets at December 31, 2003) depending upon whether the expected long-term return assumption increases or decreases, respectively.

 

Another key management assumption is the discount rate. See pages 110 through 115 for information regarding the discount rate assumption. Changes in the discount rate assumption will impact the interest cost component of the net periodic pension income calculation and due to the fact that the ABO is calculated on a net present value basis, changes in the discount rate assumption will also impact the current ABO. As discussed above, the relationship between the ABO and the fair value of plan assets determines any required funding of the pension plans.

 

As discussed on page 64, the company reduced the discount rate assumption for the PPP by 75 basis points on December 31, 2003. This change will increase pre-tax cost and expense in 2004 by $184 million. Had the discount rate assumption for the PPP increased by 75 basis points on December 31, 2003, 2004 pre-tax cost and expense would have increased by $21 million in 2004. As mentioned above, changes in the discount rate assumption will impact the ABO which, in turn, may impact the company’s funding decisions if the ABO exceeds plan assets. In order to analyze the sensitivity of discount rate movements, each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the interest rate will cause a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the PPP’s ABO of an estimated $1 billion based upon December 31, 2003 data. Page 113 presents the PPP’s ABO (after the reduction in discount rate discussed above) and plan assets as of December 31, 2003.

 

Impacts of these types of changes on the pension plans in other countries will vary depending upon the status of each respective plan.

 

66



 

Costs to Complete Service Contracts

 

The company enters into numerous service contracts through its SO and BCS businesses. SO contracts range for periods up to ten years and BCS contracts can be for several years. During the contractual period, revenue, cost and profits may be impacted by estimates of the ultimate profitability of each contract, especially contracts for which the company uses the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. See page 81 for the company’s services revenue recognition accounting policies. If at any time, these estimates indicate the contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately.

 

The company performs ongoing profitability analyses of its services contracts in order to determine whether the latest estimates require updating. Key factors reviewed by the company to estimate the future costs to complete each contract are future labor costs and productivity efficiencies.

 

To the extent actual estimated “to go” margins on percentage of completion services contracts differ from management’s quarterly estimates by 1 percentage point, the company’s consolidated net income would have improved/declined by an estimated $35 million using 2003 results, depending upon whether the actual results were higher/lower, respectively, than the estimates. This amount excludes any accrual resulting from contracts in loss positions. For all long-term services contracts that are either in a “to go” loss position or have an estimated “to go” profit of 5 percent or less, if actual “to go” costs were 5 percent greater than expected, the consolidated net income would be reduced by an estimated $13 million.

 

Net Realizable Value and Client Demand

 

The company reviews the net realizable value of and demand for its inventory on a quarterly basis to ensure recorded inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and that obsolete inventory is written off. Inventory at higher risk for writedowns or write-offs are those in the industries that have lower relative gross margins and that are subject to a higher likelihood of changes in industry cycles. The semiconductor and personal computer businesses are two such industries.

 

Factors that could impact estimated demand and selling prices are the timing and success of future technological innovations and the economy.

 

To the extent that semiconductor and personal computer inventory losses differ from management estimates by 5 percent, the company’s consolidated net income in 2003 would have improved/declined by an estimated $42 million using 2003 results, depending upon whether the actual results were better/worse, respectively, than expected.

 

Warranty Claims

 

The company generally offers three-year warranties for its personal computer products and one-year warranties on most of its other products. The company estimates the amount and cost of future warranty claims for its current period sales. These estimates are used to record accrued warranty cost for current period product shipments. The company uses historical warranty claim information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future claims.

 

Factors that could impact the estimated claim information include the success of the company’s productivity and quality initiatives, as well as parts and labor costs.

 

To the extent that actual claims costs differ from management’s estimates by 5 percent, consolidated net income will have improved/declined by an estimated $30 million in 2003, depending upon whether the actual claims costs were lower/higher, respectively, than the estimates.

 

Income Taxes

 

The company is subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax provision in the period in which such determination is made.

 

To the extent that the provision for income taxes increases/decreases by 1 percent of income from continuing operations before income taxes, consolidated income from continuing operations would have declined/improved by $109 million in 2003.

 

CURRENCY RATE FLUCTUATIONS

 

Changes in the relative values of non-U.S. currencies to the U.S. dollar affect the company’s results. At December 31, 2003, currency changes resulted in assets and liabilities denominated in local currencies being translated into more dollars than at year-end 2002. The company uses a variety of financial hedging instruments to limit specific currency risks related to financing transactions and other foreign currency-based transactions. Further discussion of currency and hedging appears in note L, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 96 to 99.

 

67



 

The company earned approximately 56 percent of its net income in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In general, these currencies appreciated against the U.S. dollar during 2003 so net income in these countries translated into more dollars than they would have in 2002. The company also maintains hedging programs to limit the volatility of currency impacts on the company’s financial results. These hedging programs limit the impact of currency changes on the company’s financial results but do not eliminate them. In addition to the translation of earnings and the company’s hedging programs, the impact of currency changes also may affect the company’s pricing and sourcing actions, although the impact of these actions on net income is difficult to track and quantify. For these reasons, the company believes that extended periods of dollar weakness are positive for net income and extended periods of dollar strength are negative, although the precise impact is difficult to assess.

 

For non-U.S. subsidiaries and branches that operate in U.S. dollars or whose economic environment is highly inflationary, translation adjustments are reflected in results of operations, as required by SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation.” Generally, the company manages currency risk in these entities by linking prices and contracts to U.S. dollars and by entering into foreign currency hedge contracts.

 

MARKET RISK

 

In the normal course of business, the financial position of the company routinely is subject to a variety of risks. In addition to the market risk associated with interest rate and currency movements on outstanding debt and non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, other examples of risk include collectibility of accounts receivable and recoverability of residual values on leased assets.

 

The company regularly assesses these risks and has established policies and business practices to protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures. As a result, the company does not anticipate any material losses from these risks.

 

The company’s debt in support of the Global Financing business and the geographic breadth of the company’s operations contain an element of market risk from changes in interest and currency rates. The company manages this risk, in part, through the use of a variety of financial instruments including derivatives, as explained in note L, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 96 to 99.

 

To meet disclosure requirements, the company performs a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures may have on the fair values of the company’s debt and other financial instruments.

 

The financial instruments that are included in the sensitivity analysis comprise all of the company’s cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, long-term non-lease receivables, investments, long-term and short-term debt and all derivative financial instruments. The company’s portfolio of derivative financial instruments generally includes interest rate swaps, interest rate options, foreign currency swaps, forward contracts and option contracts.

 

To perform the sensitivity analysis, the company assesses the risk of loss in fair value from the effect of hypothetical changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on market-sensitive instruments. The market values for interest and foreign currency exchange risk are computed based on the present value of future cash flows as affected by the changes in rates that are attributable to the market risk being measured. The discount rates used for the present value computations were selected based on market interest and foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The differences in this comparison are the hypothetical gains or losses associated with each type of risk.

 

Information provided by the sensitivity analysis does not necessarily represent the actual changes in fair value that the company would incur under normal market conditions because, due to practical limitations, all variables other than the specific market risk factor are held constant. In addition, the results of the model are constrained by the fact that certain items are specifically excluded from the analysis, while the financial instruments relating to the financing or hedging of those items are included by definition. Excluded items include leased assets, forecasted foreign currency cash flows and the company’s net investment in foreign operations. As a consequence, reported changes in the values of some of the financial instruments impacting the results of the sensitivity analysis are not matched with the offsetting changes in the values of the items that those instruments are designed to finance or hedge.

 

The results of the sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2003, and December 31, 2002, are as follows:

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

At December 31, 2003, a 10 percent decrease in the levels of interest rates with all other variables held constant would result in a decrease in the fair market value of the company’s financial instruments of $170 million as compared with a decrease of $237 million at December 31, 2002. A 10 percent increase in the levels of interest rates with all other variables held constant would result in an increase in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $152 million as compared to $210 million at December 31, 2002. Changes in the relative sensitivity of the fair value of the company’s financial instrument portfolio for these theoretical changes in the level of interest rates are primarily driven by changes in the company’s debt maturity, interest rate profile and amount. In 2003 versus 2002, the reported decrease in interest rate sensitivity is primarily due to a decrease in long-term fixed rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2003.

 

68



 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

At December 31, 2003, a 10 percent weaker U.S. dollar against foreign currencies with all other variables held constant would result in a decrease in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $283 million as compared with a decrease of $640 million at December 31, 2002. Conversely, a 10 percent stronger U.S. dollar against foreign currencies with all other variables held constant would result in an increase in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $296 million compared to $660 million at December 31, 2002. In 2003 versus 2002, the reported decrease in foreign currency exchange rate sensitivity was primarily due to a reduction in foreign currency debt.

 

FINANCING RISKS

 

See the Global Financing Description of Business (next column) for a discussion of the financing risks associated with the company’s Global Financing business and management’s goals to mitigate such risks while striving for superior return on Global Financing’s quity.

 

EMPLOYEES AND RELATED WORKFORCE

 

AT DECEMBER 31,:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

PERCENTAGE
CHANGES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003-
2002

 

2002-
2001

 

IBM/wholly owned subsidiaries

 

319,273

 

315,889

 

319,876

 

1.1

 

(1.2

)

Less-than-wholly owned subsidiaries

 

18,189

 

22,282

 

25,403

 

(18.4

)

(12.3

)

Complementary

 

17,695

 

17,250

 

21,300

 

2.6

 

(19.0

)

 

Employees at IBM and its wholly owned subsidiaries in 2003 increased 3,384 from last year. The company continues to invest in Global Services and Software, growth areas of the business, through a combination of hiring and acquisitions (e.g., Rational). The company also continues to rebalance its workforce to improve IBM’s competitiveness in the marketplace as well as to withdraw from certain businesses, thereby offsetting some of the growth.

 

In less-than-wholly owned subsidiaries, the number of employees decreased from last year, primarily as a result of the company’s services subsidiary in Australia being converted to a wholly owned status.

 

The company’s complementary workforce is an approximation of equivalent full-time employees hired under temporary, part-time and limited-term employment arrangements to meet specific business needs in a flexible and cost-effective manner.

 

GLOBAL FINANCING

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Global Financing is a business segment within IBM, but is managed (on an arm’s-length basis) and measured as if it were a standalone entity. Accordingly, the information presented in this section is consistent with this separate company view.

 

The mission of Global Financing is to generate a return on equity. It also facilitates the acquisition of IBM hardware, software and services.

 

Global Financing invests in financing assets, manages the associated risks and leverages with debt, all with the objective of generating consistently strong returns on equity. The focus on IBM products and IBM clients mitigates the risks normally associated with a financing company. Global Financing has the benefit of both a deep knowledge of its customer base and a clear insight into the products that are being leased. This pairing allows Global Financing to manage two of the major risks (credit and residual value) that are normally associated with financing.

 

Global Financing comprises three lines of business:

 

                  Customer financing provides lease and loan financing to end users and internal customers for terms generally between two and five years. Internal financing is predominantly in support of Global Services’ long-term customer service contracts. Global Financing also factors a selected portion of the company’s accounts receivable, primarily for cash management purposes. All of these internal financing arrangements are at arm’s-length rates and are based upon market conditions.

 

                  Commercial financing provides primarily short-term inventory and accounts receivable financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products. Global Financing also participates as a lender in selected syndicated loan facilities that originated from 1999 through 2001. Syndicated loans are loans in which Global Financing purchased a fixed percentage of a loan facility from a bank or other lending institution. Global Financing no longer participates in new syndicated loan programs. There are, however, remaining amounts committed and outstanding. Outstandings represent less than 1 percent of total Global Financing assets at December 31, 2003, as compared to 2 percent at December 31, 2002.

 

                  Remarketing includes the sale and lease of used equipment to new or existing customers. This equipment is primarily sourced from the conclusion of lease transactions.

 

In addition to the strength of the economy and its impact on corporate IT budgets, key drivers of Global Financing’s results are interest rates and originations. Originations, which determine the asset base of Global Financing’s annuity-like business, are impacted by IBM’s non-Global Financing sales volumes and Global Financing’s participation rates.

 

69



 

Customer participation rates are the propensity of IBM’s clients to finance their purchases through Global Financing in lieu of paying IBM up-front cash.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

External revenue

 

$

2,827

 

$

3,203

 

$

3,407

 

Internal revenue

 

1,300

 

939

 

836

 

Total revenue

 

4,127

 

4,142

 

4,243

 

Cost

 

1,846

 

1,803

 

2,016

 

Gross profit

 

$

2,281

 

$

2,339

 

$

2,227

 

Gross profit margin

 

55.3

%

56.5

%

52.5

%

Pre-tax income

 

$

1,182

 

$

955

 

$

1,143

 

After-tax income

 

$

766

 

$

627

 

$

727

 

Return on equity *

 

22.3

%

17.2

%

18.4

%

 


*                  Return on equity is calculated using a five-point average of equity and an estimated tax rate principally based on Global Financing’s geographic mix of earnings, as IBM’s provision for income taxes is determined on a consolidated basis. See page 55 for the IBM consolidated tax rate.

 

Global Financing revenue was flat in 2003 as compared to 2002. External revenue decreased 11.7 percent (18 percent at constant currency) in 2003 versus 2002 driven by lower financing income, due to declining interest rates and a lower average asset base, and a decrease in external used equipment sales. The lower average asset base was primarily due to lower originations in prior years. Internal revenue increased 38.4 percent in 2003 versus 2002 driven by internal used equipment sales, primarily zSeries. Global Financing remarkets used equipment, primarily resulting from returns off of lease, both externally and internally. Externally remarketed equipment represents sales to clients and resellers, while internally remarketed equipment primarily represents used equipment that is sold internally and then remarketed externally through the Hardware segment.

 

Global Financing revenue decreased 2.4 percent in 2002 versus 2001. The decrease in external revenue was driven
by lower financing income due to a lower average asset base discussed above partially offset by an increase in external used equipment sales. The decline in external revenue was offset by an increase in internal revenue due to an increase in internal used equipment sales. See discussion above.

 

Global Financing gross profit dollars decreased 2.5 percent and the gross profit margin declined 1.2 points in 2003 versus 2002. The decrease in gross profit dollars was primarily driven by declining interest rates and a lower average asset base discussed above partially offset by improved financing margins. The decrease in gross profit margin was driven by a mix change towards lower margin remarketing sales and away from financing income partially offset by lower borrowing costs related to the current interest rate environment.

 

Global Financing gross profit dollars increased 5.0 percent and the gross profit margin increased 4.0 points in 2002 versus 2001. The increases in 2002 gross profit dollars and gross profit margin were primarily driven by lower borrowing costs.

 

Global Financing pre-tax income increased 23.8 percent in 2003 versus 2002, following a decrease of 16.4 percent in 2002 versus 2001. The increase in 2003 was driven by a decrease in bad debt expense partially offset by a decrease in gross profit discussed above. The decrease in bad debt expense is reflective of the improved general economic environment and reduced exposure in specific sectors, particularly the Communications sector. (Also see pages 71 and 72 for an additional discussion of Global Financing Receivable Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.) The decrease in 2002 versus 2001 was due to increases in provisions for bad debt reflective of the general economic environment as well as specific client issues, such as the Communications sector, partially offset by an increase in gross profit discussed above.

 

The increase in return on equity from 2002 to 2003 was due to higher earnings primarily associated with a decrease in provisions for bad debt expense. The decrease in return on equity from 2001 to 2002 was due to lower earnings associated with an increased provision for bad debt expense.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Balance Sheet

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Cash

 

$

813

 

$

1,157

 

Net investment in sales-type leases

 

11,969

 

12,314

 

Equipment under operating leases:

 

 

 

 

 

External customers

 

1,707

 

1,922

 

Internal customers (a)(b)

 

1,873

 

1,701

 

Customer loans

 

10,413

 

9,621

 

Total customer financing assets

 

25,962

 

25,558

 

Commercial financing receivables

 

5,835

 

5,525

 

Intercompany financing receivables (a)(b)

 

1,999

 

1,616

 

Other receivables

 

270

 

445

 

Other assets

 

1,037

 

941

 

Total financing assets

 

$

35,916

 

$

35,242

 

Intercompany payables (a)

 

$

6,754

 

$

5,383

 

Debt (c)

 

23,264

 

23,828

 

Other liabilities

 

2,546

 

2,556

 

Total financing liabilities

 

32,564

 

31,767

 

Total financing equity

 

3,352

 

3,475

 

Total financing liabilities and equity

 

$

35,916

 

$

35,242

 

 


(a)        Amounts eliminated for purposes of IBM’s consolidated results and therefore do not appear on page 75.

 

(b)        These assets, along with the other assets in this table, are leveraged using Global Financing debt.

 

(c)         Global Financing debt includes debt of the company and of the Global Financing units that support the Global Financing business.

 

Sources and Uses of Funds

 

The primary use of funds in Global Financing is to originate customer and commercial financing assets. Customer financing assets for end users consist primarily of IBM hardware, software and services, but also include non-IBM equip-

 

70



 

ment, software and services to meet IBM clients’ total solutions requirements. Customer financing assets are primarily sales-type, direct financing and operating leases for equipment as well as loans for software and services with terms generally for two to five years. Customer financing also includes internal activity as described on page 69.

 

Commercial financing originations arise primarily from inventory and accounts receivable financing for dealers and remarketers of IBM and non-IBM products. Payment terms for inventory financing generally range from 30 to 75 days. Payment terms for accounts receivable financing generally range from 30 to 90 days. Syndicated loans are also included in commercial financing assets. See page 69 for discussion on syndicated loans.

 

Originations

 

The following are total external and internal financing originations.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Customer finance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External

 

$

13,279

 

$

12,845

 

$

15,620

 

Internal

 

1,150

 

1,061

 

931

 

Commercial finance

 

24,291

 

22,546

 

25,071

 

Total

 

$

38,720

 

$

36,452

 

$

41,622

 

 

New financing originations of customer and commercial financing assets exceeded cash collections in 2003, which resulted in a net increase in financing assets at December 31, 2003, as compared to December 31, 2002. The increase in originations was due to favorable currency movements offset by a decline in participation rates. The decline in participation rates is in line with industry trends. Originations decreased in 2002 from 2001 due to lower demand for the company’s IT equipment. Cash collections in 2003, 2002 and 2001 included $105 million, $218 million and zero, respectively, generated through sales of portions of Global Financing’s syndicated loan portfolio. These sales transactions did not have a material impact on the company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Additionally, funds were generated through the sale and lease of used equipment sourced primarily from prior years’ lease originations.

 

Cash generated by Global Financing was deployed to pay dividends to IBM and to reduce debt.

 

Financing Assets by Sector

 

The following are the percentage of external financing assets by industry sector.

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Financial Services

 

28

%

31

%

Business Partners *

 

18

 

14

 

Industrial

 

17

 

18

 

Communications

 

11

 

12

 

Distribution

 

10

 

11

 

Public

 

10

 

10

 

Other

 

6

 

4

 

Total

 

100

%

100

%

 


*                  Business Partners financing assets represent a portion of commercial financing inventory and accounts receivable financing for terms generally less than 90 days.

 

Financing Receivables and Allowances

 

The following table presents external financing receivables, excluding residual values, and the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Financing receivables

 

$

28,451

 

$

28,007

 

Specific allowance for doubtful accounts

 

666

 

787

 

Unallocated allowance for doubtful accounts

 

199

 

184

 

Total allowance for doubtful accounts

 

865

 

971

 

Net financing receivables

 

$

27,586

 

$

27,036

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts coverage

 

3.0

%

3.5

%

 

Roll-Forward of Financing Receivables Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

(dollars in millions)

 

JAN. 1,
2003

 

RESERVE
USED
*

 

ADDITIONS:
BAD DEBT
EXPENSE

 

OTHER **

 

DEC. 31,

2003

 

$

971

 

$

(417

)

$

206

 

$

105

 

$

865

 

 

 


*                  Represents reserved receivables, net of recoveries, that were disposed of during the period.

 

**           Primarily represents translation adjustments.

 

The percentage of financing receivables reserved decreased from 3.5 percent at December 31, 2002, to 3.0 percent at December 31, 2003, primarily due to the write-off of receivables covered by specific reserves. Unallocated reserves increased 8.2 percent from $184 million at December 31, 2002 to $199 million at December 31, 2003, and the receivables balance increased 1.6 percent over the same period.

 

The unallocated reserve coverage increased slightly during the same period. While the overall credit quality of the portfolio remains stable, the increased unallocated reserve primarily reflects loss history. Specific reserves decreased 15.4 percent from $787 million at December 31, 2002 to $666 million at

 

71



 

December 31, 2003. The decrease in specific reserves was due to the write-off of reserved receivables during the period combined with lower requirements for additional specific reserves. This lower requirement is generally due to improving economic conditions as well as portfolio management to reduce risk in areas of concern such as the Communications sector.

 

Global Financing’s bad debt expense declined to $206 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared with $576 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decline was primarily attributed to higher reserve additions required in 2002 primarily associated with the Communications sector, as compared to 2003. This issue has stabilized and contributed to the lower year-to-year charges.

 

Residual Value

 

Residual value is a risk unique to the financing business and management of this risk is dependent upon the ability to accurately project future equipment values. Global Financing has insight into product plans and cycles for the IBM products under lease. Based upon this product information, Global Financing continually monitors projections of future equipment values and compares them to the residual values reflected in the portfolio. See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 85 for the company’s accounting policy for residual values.

 

Sales of equipment, which are primarily sourced from equipment returned at end of lease, represented 40.5 percent of Global Financing’s revenue in 2003 and 32.1 percent in 2002. The increase is driven by higher internal used equipment sales, due to improved utilization of used inventory, primarily zSeries, combined with a decline in finance income driven by a lower average asset base. The gross margin on these sales was 30.2 percent and 28.5 percent in 2003 and 2002, respectively. In addition to selling assets that are sourced from end of lease, Global Financing also leases used equipment to new customers or extends leasing arrangements with current customers. These are other ways that Global Financing profitably recovers the residual values. The following table presents the recorded amount of unguaranteed residual value for sales-type and operating leases at December 31, 2002 and 2003. In addition, the table presents the residual value as a percentage of the original amount financed, and a run out of the unguaranteed residual value over the remaining lives of these leases at December 31, 2003. In addition to the unguaranteed residual value below, on a limited basis, Global Financing will purchase insurance to guarantee the future value of the equipment scheduled to be returned at end of lease.

 

Residual Value

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

RUN OUT OF 2003 BALANCE

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007 AND
BEYOND

 

Sales-type leases

 

$

821

 

$

845

 

$

284

 

$

311

 

$

210

 

$

40

 

Operating leases

 

242

 

164

 

88

 

49

 

17

 

10

 

Total unguaranteed residual value

 

$

1,063

 

$

1,009

 

$

372

 

$

360

 

$

227

 

$

50

 

Related original amount financed

 

$

27,534

*

$

27,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

3.9

%

3.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*      Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

The decrease in the percentage of residual value to original amount financed was due to an increase in the percentage of leases that use bargain purchase options.

 

Debt

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Debt to equity ratio

 

6.9

x

6.9

x

 

Global Financing funds its operations primarily through borrowings using a debt-to-equity ratio of approximately 7 to 1. The following table illustrates the correlation between Global Financing assets and Global Financing debt. Both assets and debt are presented in the Global Financing balance sheet on page 70.

 

 

Global Financing Assets and Debt

(dollars in millions)

 

 

  GLOBAL FINANCING ASSETS

 

  GLOBAL FINANCING DEBT

 

( dollars in millions)

 

GLOBAL FINANCING

 

 

ASSETS

 

DEBT

1994

 

$

29

 

$

19

1995

 

29

 

20

1996

 

32

 

21

1997

 

35

 

24

1998

 

40

 

28

1999

 

40

 

27

2000

 

41

 

28

2001

 

37

 

26

2002

 

35

 

24

2003

 

36

 

23

 

 

72



 

The company’s Global Financing business provides funding predominantly for the company’s external customers but also provides intercompany financing for the company (internal), as described in the “Description of Business” on page 69. As previously stated, IBM manages and measures Global Financing as if it were a standalone entity and accordingly, interest expense relating to debt supporting Global Financing’s external customer and internal business is included in the “Global Financing Results of Operations” on page 70 and in note X, “Segment Information,” on pages 117 to 120.

 

In the company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings on page 74, however, the interest expense supporting Global Financing’s internal financing to the company is reclassified from Cost of financing to Interest expense.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Global Financing is a segment of IBM and as such, is supported by IBM’s liquidity position and access to capital markets. Cash generated from operations in 2003 was deployed to reduce debt and pay dividends in order to maintain an appropriate debt to equity ratio.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

As discussed in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 80, the application of GAAP involves the exercise of varying degrees of judgment. The following areas require more judgment relative to the others and relate to Global Financing. Also see Critical Accounting Estimates on page 66.

 

Financing Receivables Reserves

 

Global Financing reviews its financing receivables portfolio at least quarterly in order to assess collectibility. A description of the methods used by management to estimate the amount of uncollectible receivables is included on page 85. Factors that could result in actual receivable losses that are materially different from the estimated reserve include sharp changes in the economy, or a large change in the health of a particular industry segment that represents a concentration in Global Financing’s receivables portfolio.

 

To the extent that actual collectibility differs from management’s estimates by 5 percent, Global Financing’s net income would be higher or lower by an estimated $28 million (using 2003 data), depending upon whether the actual collectibility was better or worse, respectively, than the estimates.

 

Residual Value

 

Residual value represents the estimated fair value of equipment under lease as of the end of the lease. Global Financing estimates the future fair value of residual values by using historical models, the current market for used equipment and forward-looking product information such as marketing plans and technological innovations. In addition, Global Financing also estimates the fair value by analyzing current market conditions for leasing and sales of both new and used equipment. These estimates are periodically reviewed and any other-than-temporary declines in estimated future residual values are recognized upon identification. Anticipated increases in future residual value are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the estimates include severe changes in the used equipment market brought on by unforeseen changes in technology innovations and any resulting changes in the useful lives of used equipment.

 

To the extent that actual residual value recovery is lower than management’s estimates by 5 percent, Global Financing’s net income will be lower by an estimated $18 million (using 2003 data). If the actual residual value recovery is higher than management’s estimates, the increase in net income will be realized at the end of lease when the equipment is remarketed.

 

MARKET RISK

 

See pages 68 and 69 for discussion of the company’s overall market risk.

 

LOOKING FORWARD

 

Given Global Financing’s mission of supporting IBM’s hardware, software and services businesses, originations for both customer and commercial finance businesses will be dependent upon the overall demand for IT hardware, software and services, as well as the customer participation rates.

 

Interest rates and the overall economy (including currency fluctuations) will have an effect on both revenue and gross profit. The company’s interest rate risk management policy, however, combined with the Global Financing funding strategy (see page 72), should mitigate gross margin erosion due to changes in interest rates. The company’s policy of matching asset and liability positions in foreign currencies will limit the impacts of currency fluctuations.

 

The economy could impact the credit quality of the Global Financing receivables portfolio and therefore the level of provision for bad debt. Global Financing will continue to apply rigorous credit policies in both the origination of new business and the evaluation of the existing portfolio.

 

As seen above, Global Financing has historically been able to manage residual value risk through both insight into the product cycles as well as through its remarketing business.

 

Global Financing has policies in place to manage each of the key risks involved in financing. These policies, combined with product and customer knowledge, should allow for the prudent management of the business going forward, even during periods of uncertainty with respect to the economy.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to be materially different, as discussed more fully elsewhere in this Annual Report and in the company’s filings with the SEC, including the company’s 2003 Form 10-K filed on or about March 8, 2004.

 

73



 

Consolidated Statement of Earnings

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

(dollars in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

NOTES

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Services

 

 

 

$

42,635

 

$

36,360

 

$

34,956

 

Hardware

 

 

 

28,239

 

27,456

 

30,593

 

Software

 

 

 

14,311

 

13,074

 

12,939

 

Global Financing

 

 

 

2,826

 

3,232

 

3,426

 

Enterprise Investments/Other

 

 

 

1,120

 

1,064

 

1,153

 

Total Revenue

 

 

 

89,131

 

81,186

 

83,067

 

Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Services

 

 

 

31,903

 

26,812

 

25,355

 

Hardware

 

 

 

20,401

 

20,020

 

21,231

 

Software

 

 

 

1,927

 

2,043

 

2,265

 

Global Financing

 

K

 

1,248

 

1,416

 

1,693

 

Enterprise Investments/Other

 

 

 

634

 

611

 

634

 

Total Cost

 

 

 

56,113

 

50,902

 

51,178

 

Gross Profit

 

 

 

33,018

 

30,284

 

31,889

 

Expense and Other Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

Q

 

17,852

 

18,738

 

17,048

 

Research, development and engineering

 

R

 

5,077

 

4,750

 

4,986

 

Intellectual property and custom development income

 

 

 

(1,168

)

(1,100

)

(1,476

)

Other (income) and expense

 

 

 

238

 

227

 

(353

)

Interest expense

 

K & L

 

145

 

145

 

234

 

Total Expense and Other Income

 

 

 

22,144

 

22,760

 

20,439

 

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

 

 

 

10,874

 

7,524

 

11,450

 

Provision for income taxes

 

P

 

3,261

 

2,190

 

3,304

 

Income from Continuing Operations

 

 

 

7,613

 

5,334

 

8,146

 

Discontinued Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

C

 

30

 

1,755

 

423

 

Net Income

 

 

 

7,583

 

3,579

 

7,723

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stockholders

 

 

 

$

7,583

 

$

3,579

 

$

7,713

 

Earnings/(Loss) per Share of Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming Dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

T

 

$

4.34

 

$

3.07

 

$

4.59

 

Discontinued operations

 

T

 

(0.02

)

(1.01

)

(0.24

)

Total

 

T

 

$

4.32

 

$

2.06

 

$

4.35

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

T

 

$

4.42

 

$

3.13

 

$

4.69

 

Discontinued operations

 

T

 

(0.02

)

(1.03

)

(0.24

)

Total

 

T

 

$

4.40

 

$

2.10

 

$

4.45

 

Weighted-Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

 

 

1,756,090,689

 

1,730,941,054

 

1,771,230,599

 

Basic

 

 

 

1,721,588,628

 

1,703,244,345

 

1,733,348,422

 

 

The accompanying notes on pages 80 through 121 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

74



 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

NOTES

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

$

7,290

 

$

5,382

 

Marketable securities

 

D

 

357

 

593

 

Notes and accounts receivable — trade, net of allowances

 

 

 

10,026

 

9,915

 

Short-term financing receivables

 

F

 

17,583

 

15,996

 

Other accounts receivable

 

 

 

1,314

 

1,447

 

Inventories

 

E

 

2,942

 

3,148

 

Deferred taxes

 

P

 

2,542

 

2,617

 

Intangible assets — net

 

I

 

336

 

245

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

2,608

 

2,379

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

44,998

 

41,722

 

Plant, rental machines and other property

 

G

 

37,122

 

36,083

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

G

 

22,433

 

21,643

 

Plant, rental machines and other property — net

 

G

 

14,689

 

14,440

 

Long-term financing receivables

 

F

 

10,741

 

11,440

 

Prepaid pension assets

 

W

 

18,426

 

16,003

 

Investments and sundry assets

 

H

 

8,108

 

8,272

 

Goodwill

 

I

 

6,921

 

4,115

 

Intangible assets — net

 

I

 

574

 

492

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

$

104,457

 

$

96,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes

 

P

 

$

5,475

 

$

5,476

 

Short-term debt

 

K & L

 

6,646

 

6,031

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

8,460

 

7,630

 

Compensation and benefits

 

 

 

3,671

 

3,724

 

Deferred income

 

 

 

6,492

 

4,946

 

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

 

 

 

7,156

 

6,413

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

37,900

 

34,220

 

Long-term debt

 

K & L

 

16,986

 

19,986

 

Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations

 

W

 

14,251

 

13,215

 

Other liabilities

 

M

 

7,456

 

6,281

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

 

76,593

 

73,702

 

Contingencies and commitments

 

O

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

N

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.20 per share

 

 

 

16,269

 

14,858

 

Shares authorized: 4,687,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued (2003 — 1,937,393,604; 2002 — 1,920,957,772)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

37,525

 

31,555

 

Treasury stock, at cost (shares: 2003 — 242,884,969; 2002 — 198,590,876)

 

 

 

(24,034

)

(20,213

)

Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

(1,896

)

(3,418

)

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

27,864

 

22,782

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

$

104,457

 

$

96,484

 

 


*   Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

   The accompanying notes on pages 80 through 121 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

75



 

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders ’ Equity

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

(dollars in millions )

 

 

 

PREFERRED
STOCK

 

COMMON
STOCK

 

RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

TREASURY
STOCK

 

EMPLOYEE
BENEFITS
TRUST

 

ACCUMULATED
GAINS AND
(LOSSES) NOT
AFFECTING
RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

TOTAL

 

2001 *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, January 1, 2001

 

$

247

 

$

12,400

 

$

23,784

 

$

(13,800

)

$

(1,712

)

$

(369

)

$

20,550

 

Net income plus gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

7,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,723

 

Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings (net of tax):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No. 133 on Jan. 1 (net of tax expense of $120)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

219

 

Net unrealized gains on SFAS No. 133 cash flow hedge derivatives during 2001 (net of tax expense of $44)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77

 

77

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax expense of $323)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(539

)

(539

)

Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax benefit of $226)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(308

)

(308

)

Net unrealized gains on marketable securities (net of tax expense of $58)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

92

 

Total gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(459

)

Subtotal: Net income plus gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,264

 

Cash dividends declared —  common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(956

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(956

)

Cash dividends declared — preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Preferred stock purchased and retired (10,184,043 shares)

 

(247

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(254

)

Common stock issued under employee plans (19,572,623 shares)

 

 

 

774

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

773

 

Purchases (314,433 shares) and sales (11,801,053 shares) of treasury stock under employee plans —  net

 

 

 

32

 

(391

)

1,234

 

 

 

 

 

875

 

Other treasury shares purchased, not retired (50,764,698 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,293

)

 

 

 

 

(5,293

)

Dissolution of employee benefits trust (20,000,000 shares)

 

 

 

546

 

 

 

(2,255

)

1,712

 

 

 

3

 

Decrease in shares remaining to be issued in acquisition

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

Tax effect — stock transactions

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

502

 

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2001

 

$

 

$

14,248

 

$

30,142

 

$

(20,114

)

$

 

$

(828

)

$

23,448

 

 


*  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

    The accompanying notes on pages 80 through 121 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

76



Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

COMMON
STOCK

 

RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

TREASURY
STOCK

 

ACCUMULATED
GAINS AND
(LOSSES) NOT
AFFECTING
RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002 *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, January 1, 2002

 

$

14,248

 

$

30,142

 

$

(20,114

)

$

(828

)

$

23,448

 

Net income plus gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

3,579

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,579

 

Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings (net of tax):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on SFAS No. 133 cash flow hedge derivatives during 2002 (net of tax benefit of $372)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(659

)

(659

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax benefit of $197)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

850

 

850

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax benefit of $1,574)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,765

)

(2,765

)

Net unrealized losses on marketable securities (net of tax benefit of $8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

(16

)

Total gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,590

)

Subtotal: Net income plus gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

989

 

Cash dividends declared — common stock

 

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

 

 

(1,005

)

Common stock issued under employee plans (7,255,995 shares)

 

440

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

444

 

Purchases (189,797 shares) and sales (12,873,502 shares) of treasury stock under employee plans — net

 

 

 

(475

)

1,311

 

 

 

836

 

Other treasury shares purchased, not retired (48,481,100 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,212

)

 

 

(4,212

)

Treasury shares issued to fund the U.S. pension fund (24,037,354 shares)

 

 

 

(576

)

2,447

 

 

 

1,871

 

Shares issued/to be issued in the PwCC acquisition (3,677,213 shares issued)

 

43

 

(114

)

355

 

 

 

284

 

Decrease in shares remaining to be issued in acquisition

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

Tax effect — stock transactions

 

136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2002

 

$

14,858

 

$

31,555

 

$

(20,213

)

$

(3,418

)

$

22,782

 

 


*  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

    The accompanying notes on pages 80 through 121 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

77



Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

COMMON

STOCK

 

RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

TREASURY
STOCK

 

ACCUMULATED
GAINS AND
(LOSSES) NOT
AFFECTING
RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, January 1, 2003

 

$

14,858

 

$

31,555

 

$

(20,213

)

$

(3,418

)

$

22,782

 

Net income plus gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

7,583

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,583

 

Gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings (net of tax):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on SFAS No. 133 cash flow hedge derivatives during 2003 (net of tax benefit of $51)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

(91

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax benefit of $125)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,768

 

1,768

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax benefit of $124)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(162

)

(162

)

Net unrealized gains on marketable securities (net of tax expense of $3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

7

 

Total gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,522

 

Subtotal: Net income plus gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,105

 

Cash dividends declared — common stock

 

 

 

(1,085

)

 

 

 

 

(1,085

)

Common stock issued under employee plans (16,445,473 shares)

 

1,205

 

(282

)

 

 

 

 

923

 

Purchases (291,921 shares) and sales (5,992,342 shares) of treasury stock under employee plans — net

 

 

 

(246

)

582

 

 

 

336

 

Other treasury shares purchased, not retired (49,994,514 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,403

)

 

 

(4,403

)

Shares to be issued in the PwCC acquisition

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Decrease in shares remaining to be issued in acquisition

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Tax effect — stock transactions

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2003

 

$

16,269

 

$

37,525

 

$

(24,034

)

$

(1,896

)

$

27,864

 

 

The accompanying notes on pages 80 through 121 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

78



 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Cash Flow from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

7,613

 

$

5,334

 

$

8,146

 

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

3,961

 

3,691

 

3,881

 

Amortization of software

 

740

 

688

 

625

 

Deferred income taxes

 

1,126

 

(67

)

664

 

Net gain on assets sales and other

 

(275

)

(343

)

(340

)

Other than temporary declines in securities and other investments

 

50

 

58

 

405

 

Noncash portion of special actions

 

 

1,350

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions/divestitures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

2,024

 

4,125

 

2,837

 

Inventories

 

293

 

793

 

287

 

Pension assets

 

(1,409

)

(4,227

)

(1,758

)

Other assets

 

(352

)

70

 

1,244

 

Accounts payable

 

617

 

(55

)

(918

)

Pension liabilities

 

(286

)

83

 

(69

)

Other liabilities

 

467

 

2,288

 

(1,038

)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

 

14,569

 

13,788

 

13,966

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for plant, rental machines and other property

 

(4,393

)

(4,753

)

(5,400

)

Proceeds from disposition of plant, rental machines and other property

 

1,039

 

775

 

1,149

 

Investment in software

 

(581

)

(597

)

(655

)

Purchases of marketable securities and other investments

 

(6,471

)

(1,582

)

(778

)

Proceeds from disposition of marketable securities and other investments

 

7,023

 

1,185

 

738

 

Divestiture of businesses

 

97

 

1,233

 

 

Acquisition of businesses

 

(1,836

)

(3,158

)

(916

)

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

 

(5,122

)

(6,897

)

(5,862

)

Cash Flow from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from new debt

 

1,573

 

6,726

 

4,535

 

Short-term borrowings/(repayments) less than 90 days — net

 

777

 

(4,087

)

2,926

 

Payments to settle debt

 

(5,831

)

(5,812

)

(7,898

)

Preferred stock transactions — net

 

 

 

(254

)

Common stock transactions — net

 

(3,232

)

(3,087

)

(3,652

)

Cash dividends paid

 

(1,085

)

(1,005

)

(966

)

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

 

(7,798

)

(7,265

)

(5,309

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

421

 

148

 

(83

)

Net cash (used in)/provided by discontinued operations

 

(162

)

(722

)

55

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

1,908

 

(948

)

2,767

 

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

 

5,382

 

6,330

 

3,563

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31

 

$

7,290

 

$

5,382

 

$

6,330

 

Supplemental Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for the total company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

1,707

 

$

1,841

 

$

2,279

 

Interest

 

$

853

 

$

831

 

$

1,247

 

 

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

The noncash portion of the purchase price paid to PwCC is a significant noncash investing activity. This transaction is
described on pages 90 and 91.

 

The accompanying notes on pages 80 through 121 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

79



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

A

SIGNIFIC ANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

On December 31, 2002, the company sold its hard disk drive (HDD) business to Hitachi, Ltd. (Hitachi). See note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 89 to 92. The HDD business was part of the company’s Technology Group reporting segment. The HDD business was accounted for as a discontinued operation under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and therefore, the HDD results of operations and cash flows have been removed from the company’s results of continuing operations and cash flows for all periods presented in this document. The financial results reported as discontinued operations include the external original equipment manufacturer (OEM) HDD business and charges related to HDDs used in the company’s eServer and Storage products that were reported in the Technology Group segment. The discontinued operations results do not reflect HDD shipments to the company’s internal customers.

 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of International Business Machines Corporation (IBM) and its controlled subsidiary companies, which in general are majority owned. The accounts of variable interest entities (VIEs) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46) and related interpretations (see note B, “Accounting Changes,” on page 86), created after January 31, 2003, are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Investments in business entities in which the company does not have control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally 20-50 percent ownership), are accounted for by the equity method. Other investments are accounted for by the cost method. The accounting policy for other investments in securities is described on page 85 within “Marketable Securities.”

 

USE OF ESTIMATES

 

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts that are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the company may undertake in the future, actual results may be different from the estimates.

 

REVENUE

 

The company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. The company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the product has been shipped or the services have been provided to the client, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. The company reduces revenue for estimated client returns and other allowances. In addition to the aforementioned general policy, the following are the specific revenue recognition policies for multiple-element arrangements and for each major category of revenue.

 

Multiple-Element Arrangements

 

The company enters into transactions that represent multiple-element arrangements, which may include any combination of services, software, hardware and financing. Multiple-element arrangements are assessed to determine whether they can be separated into more than one unit of accounting. A multiple-element arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met.

 

      The delivered item(s) has value to the client on a standalone basis.

 

      There is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s).

 

      If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the company.

 

If these criteria are not met, then revenue is deferred until such criteria are met or until the period(s) over which the last undelivered element is delivered. If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative fair value. There may be cases, however, in which there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s) but no such evidence for the delivered item(s). In those cases, the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered item(s) equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of the undelivered item(s). The revenue policies described below are then applied to each unit of accounting.

 

For any non-software products that are in a multiple-element arrangement whereby the software products in the arrangement are not essential to the functionality of the non-software items, the guidance for multiple-element arrangements described above apply to the non-software items. If, however, the software products are essential to the functionality of the non-software items, then the guidance described in Software on page 81 should be applied for purposes of separating and allocating consideration to the software and non-software items.

 

80



 

Services

 

The terms of services contracts generally range from less than one year to ten years. Revenue from time and material services contracts is recognized as the services are provided. Revenue from data center or Business Transformation Outsourcing (BTO) contracts in which IBM manages a client’s data center or operates a client’s specific business process, respectively, reflects the extent of actual services delivered in the period, based upon objective measures of output in accordance with the terms of the contract.

 

Revenue from Business Consulting Services (BCS) contracts that require IBM to design, develop, manufacture or modify complex information technology (IT) systems to a buyer’s specifications, and to provide services related to the performance of such contracts, is recognized using the percentage of completion (POC) method of accounting. In using the POC method, the company records revenue by reference to the costs incurred to date and the estimated costs remaining to fulfill the contracts.

 

Provisions for losses on services contracts are recognized during the period in which the loss first becomes apparent. Revenue from maintenance is recognized over the contractual period or as the services are performed.

 

In some of the company’s services contracts, the company bills the client prior to performing the services. This situation gives rise to deferred income of $3.3 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and is reported as Deferred income in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. In other services contracts, the company performs the services prior to billing the client. This situation gives rise to unbilled accounts receivable of $1.8 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and is recorded as Notes and accounts receivable-trade in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. In these circumstances, billings usually occur shortly after the company performs the services and can range up to six months later. Unbilled receivables are expected to be billed and collected generally within four months, rarely exceeding nine months. The largest driver of the increase in unbilled accounts receivable is the favorable impacts from currency translation.

 

Hardware

 

Revenue from hardware sales or sales-type leases is recognized when the product is shipped to the client and when there are no unfulfilled company obligations that affect the client’s final acceptance of the arrangement. Any cost of these obligations is accrued when the corresponding revenue is recognized. Revenue from rentals and operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the rental or lease.

 

Software

 

Revenue from one-time charge licensed software is recognized at the inception of the license term. Revenue from monthly license charge arrangements is recognized on a subscription basis over the period that the client is using the program. Revenue from maintenance, unspecified upgrades and technical support is recognized over the period such items are delivered. For multiple-element arrangement software contracts and multiple-element arrangement software contracts that include non-software elements whereby the software is essential to the functionality of the non-software elements (collectively referred to as software multiple-element arrangements), the company applies the following rules:

 

A software multiple-element arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met:

 

      The functionality of the delivered element(s) is not dependent on the undelivered element(s).

 

      There is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value of the undelivered element(s).

 

      Delivery of the delivered element(s) represents the culmination of the earnings process for those element(s).

 

If these criteria are not met, the revenue is deferred until such criteria are met or until the period(s) over which the last undelivered element is delivered. If there is VSOE for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative VSOE. There may be cases, however, in which there is VSOE of the undelivered item(s) but no such evidence for the delivered item(s). In these cases, the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered item(s) equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate VSOE of the undelivered elements.

 

Financing

 

Finance income attributable to sales-type leases, direct financing leases and loans is recognized at level rates of return over the term of the leases or loans. Operating lease income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

EXPENSE AND OTHER INCOME

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense is charged to income as incurred. Expenses of promoting and selling products and services are classified as selling expense and include such items as advertising, sales commissions and travel. General and administrative expense includes such items as officers’ salaries, office supplies, non-income taxes, insurance and office rental. In addition, general and administrative expense includes other operating items such as a provision for doubtful accounts, workforce accruals for contractually obligated payments to employees terminated in the ongoing course of business, amortization of intangible assets and environmental remediation costs. Certain special

 

81



 

actions discussed in note S, “2002 Actions,” on pages 105 through 107 are also included in SG&A. The cost of internal environmental protection programs that are preventive in nature are expensed as incurred. The company accrues for all known environmental liabilities when it becomes probable that the company will incur cleanup costs and those costs can be reasonably estimated. In addition, estimated environmental costs that are associated with asset retirement obligations (for example, the required removal and restoration of chemical storage facilities and monitoring) are also accrued when it is probable that the costs will be incurred and the costs are reasonably estimable. The accounting for asset retirement obligations (AROs) is further discussed below in “Depreciation and Amortization.”

 

Research, Development and Engineering

 

Research, development and engineering (RD&E) costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Intellectual Property and Custom Development Income

 

As part of the company’s ongoing business model and as a result of the company’s ongoing investment in research and development (R&D), the company licenses and sells the rights to certain of its intellectual property (IP) including internally developed patents, trade secrets and technological know-how. Certain transfers of IP to third parties are licensing/royalty-based fees and other transfers are transaction-based sales and other transfers. Licensing/royalty-based fees involve transfers in which the company earns the income over time, or the amount of income is not fixed and determinable until the licensee sells future related products (i.e., variable royalty, based upon licensee’s revenue). Sales and other transfers typically include transfers of IP whereby the company has fulfilled its obligations and the fee received is fixed and determinable. The company also earns income from certain custom development projects for specific clients. The company records the income from these projects when the fee is earned, is not refundable, and is not dependent upon the success of the project.

 

Other (Income) and Expense

 

Other (income) and expense includes interest income (other than from the company’s Global Financing business transactions), gains and losses from securities and other investments, realized gains and losses from certain real estate activity, and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

 

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

 

Plant, rental machines and other property are carried at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. ARO liabilities are the estimated costs associated with the retirement of long-lived assets for which a legal or contractual obligation exists. These liabilities are recorded at fair value and the carrying amount of the related asset is increased by the same amount. These incremental carrying amounts are depreciated over the useful life of the related assets.

 

The estimated useful lives of depreciable properties generally are as follows: buildings, 50 years; building equipment, 20 years; land improvements, 20 years; plant, laboratory and office equipment, 2 to 15 years; and computer equipment, 1.5 to 5 years.

 

Capitalized software costs incurred or acquired after technological feasibility are amortized over periods up to 3 years. Capitalized costs for internal-use software are amortized on a straight-line basis over 2 years. See “Software Costs” on page 85 for additional information. Other intangible assets are amortized for periods up to 7 years. See “Standards Implemented” on page 88 for additional information on goodwill.

 

RETIREMENT-RELATED BENEFITS

 

See note W, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 110 to 117 for the company’s accounting policy for retirement-related benefits.

 

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The company applies Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. Accordingly, the company records expense for employee stock-based compensation plans equal to the excess of the market price of the underlying IBM shares at the date of grant over the exercise price of the stock-related award, if any (known as the intrinsic value). Generally, all employee stock options are issued with the exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying IBM shares at the grant date and therefore, no compensation expense is recorded. In addition, no compensation expense is recorded for purchases under the Employees Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. This plan is described on page 110. The intrinsic value of restricted stock units and certain other stock-based compensation issued to employees as of the date of grant is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. To the extent there are performance criteria that could result in an employee receiving more or less (including zero) shares than the number of units granted, the unamortized liability is marked to market during the performance period based upon the intrinsic value at the end of each quarter.

 

The following table summarizes the pro forma operating results of the company had compensation cost for stock options granted and for employee stock purchases under the ESPP (see note V, “Stock-Based Compensation Plans,” on pages 109 and 110) been determined in accordance with the fair value-based method prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

82



 

(dollars in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Net income applicable to common stockholders, as reported

 

$

7,583

 

$

3,579

 

$

7,713

 

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

 

76

 

112

 

104

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

1,101

 

1,315

 

1,343

 

Pro forma net income applicable to common stockholders

 

$

6,558

 

$

2,376

 

$

6,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic — as reported

 

$

4.40

 

$

2.10

 

$

4.45

 

Basic — pro forma

 

$

3.81

 

$

1.40

 

$

3.74

 

Assuming dilution — as reported

 

$

4.32

 

$

2.06

 

$

4.35

 

Assuming dilution — pro forma

 

$

3.74

 

$

1.39

 

$

3.69

 

 

The pro forma amounts that are disclosed in accordance with SFAS No. 123 reflect the portion of the estimated fair value of awards that was earned for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

The fair value of stock option grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Option term (years) *

 

5

 

5

 

4/5

 

Volatility **

 

39.9

%

40.4

%

37.7

%

Risk-free interest rate (zero coupon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury note)

 

2.9

%

2.8

%

4.4

%

Dividend yield

 

0.7

%

0.7

%

0.5

%

Weighted-average fair value per option

 

$

30

 

$

28

 

$

42

 

 


*             The Option term is the number of years that the company estimates, based upon history, that options will be outstanding prior to exercise or forfeiture. The Option term is 5 years for non-tax incentive options granted in 2001 through 2003. The Option term is 4 years for tax incentive options granted in 2001. There were no tax incentive options granted in 2003 or 2002.

**      To determine volatility, the company measured the daily price changes of the stock over the respective term for tax incentive options and non-tax incentive options.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

Income tax expense is based on reported income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the effect of temporary differences between asset and liability amounts that are recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that are recognized for income tax purposes. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are recognized to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the likelihood of realization, management considers estimates of future taxable income.

 

TRANSLATION OF NON-U.S. CURRENCY AMOUNTS

 

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment are translated to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings within Stockholders’ equity.

 

Inventories, Plant, rental machines and other property-net, and other non-monetary assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries and branches that operate in U.S. dollars, or whose economic environment is highly inflationary, are translated at approximate exchange rates prevailing when the company acquired the assets or liabilities. All other assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Cost of sales and depreciation are translated at historical exchange rates. All other income and expense items are translated at the weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses that result from translation are included in net income.

 

DERIVATIVES

 

All derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value and are reported in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, Investments and sundry assets, Other accrued expenses and liabilities or Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Classification of each derivative as current or non-current is based upon whether the maturity of each instrument is less than or greater than 12 months. To qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities,” and SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” (SFAS No. 133), the company requires that the instruments are effective in reducing the risk exposure that they are designated to hedge. For instruments that are associated with the hedge of cash flows, hedge effectiveness criteria also require that it be probable that the underlying transaction will occur. Instruments that meet established accounting criteria are formally designated as

 

83



 

hedges at the inception of the contract. These criteria demonstrate that the derivative is expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposure both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The assessment for effectiveness is formally documented at hedge inception and reviewed at least quarterly throughout the designated hedge period.

 

The company applies hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 133, whereby the company designates each derivative as a hedge of: (1) the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value” hedge); (2) the variability of anticipated cash flows of a forecasted transaction or the cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge); or (3) a hedge of a long-term investment (“net investment” hedge) in a foreign operation. From time to time, however, the company may enter into derivatives that economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply under SFAS No. 133 or is not applied by the company. In these cases, there generally exists a natural hedging relationship in which changes in fair value of the derivative, which are recognized currently in net income, act as an economic offset to changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item(s).

 

Changes in the value of a derivative that is designated as a fair value hedge, along with offsetting changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged exposure, are recorded in earnings each period. For hedges of interest rate risk, the fair value adjustments are recorded as adjustments to Interest expense and Cost of Global Financing in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. For hedges of currency risk associated with recorded assets or liabilities, derivative fair value adjustments generally are recognized in Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Changes in the value of a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded, net of applicable taxes, in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings, a component of Stockholders’ equity. When net income is affected by the variability of the underlying cash flow, the applicable offsetting amount of the gain or loss from the derivative that is deferred in Stockholders’ equity is released to net income and reported in Interest expense, Cost, SG&A expense or Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the nature of the underlying cash flow hedged. Effectiveness for net investment hedging derivatives is measured on a spot to spot basis. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of net investment hedging derivatives and other non-derivative risk management instruments designated as net investment hedges are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments, net of applicable taxes, in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section of Stockholders’ equity. Changes in the fair value of the portion of a net investment hedging derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment are recorded in Interest expense.

 

When the underlying hedged item ceases to exist, all changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in net income each period until the instrument matures. When the derivative transaction ceases to exist, a hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in its fair value except as required under other relevant accounting standards. Derivatives that are not designated as hedges, as well as changes in the value of derivatives that do not offset the underlying hedged item throughout the designated hedge period (collectively, “ineffectiveness”), are recorded in net income each period and generally are reported in Other (income) and expense.

 

The company generally reports cash flows resulting from the company’s derivative financial instruments consistent with the classification of cash flows from the underlying hedged items that the derivatives are hedging. Accordingly, the majority of cash flows associated with the company’s derivative programs are classified in Cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. For currency swaps designated as hedges of foreign currency denominated debt (included in the company’s debt risk management program as addressed in note L, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 96 to 99), cash flows directly associated with the settlement of the principal element of these swaps are reported in the Payment to settle debt line in the Cash flow from financing activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

See note L, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 96 to 99 for a description of the major risk management programs and classes of financial instruments used by the company.

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

In determining fair value of its financial instruments, the company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. For the majority of financial instruments including most derivatives, long-term investments and long-term debt, standard market conventions and techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models, replacement cost and termination cost are used to determine fair value. Dealer quotes are used for the remaining financial instruments. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

 

CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are carried at fair value and considered to be cash equivalents.

 

84



 

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

Marketable securities included in Current assets represent securities with a maturity of less than one year.  The company also has Marketable securities, including non-equity method alliance investments, with a maturity of more than one year. These non-current investments are included in Investments and sundry assets.  The company’s Marketable securities, including certain non-equity method alliance investments, are considered available for sale and are reported at fair value with changes in unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, recorded in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings within Stockholders’ equity.  Realized gains and losses are calculated based on the specific identification method.  Other-than-temporary declines in market value from original cost are charged to Other (income) and expense in the period in which the loss occurs.  In determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in the market value has occurred, the company considers the duration that, and extent to which, market value is below original cost.  Realized gains and losses and other than temporary declines in market value from original cost are included in Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.  All other investment securities not described above or in “Principles of Consolidation” on page 80, primarily non-publicly traded equity securities, are accounted for using the cost method.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Raw materials, work in process and finished goods are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE RECEIVABLES

 

Trade

 

An allowance for uncollectible trade receivables is recorded based on a combination of write-off history, aging analysis, and any specific known troubled accounts.

 

Financing

 

Financing receivables include sales-type leases, direct financing leases, and loans.  Below are the methodologies the company uses to calculate both its specific and its unallocated reserves, which are applied consistently to its different portfolios.

 

Specific – The company reviews all accounts receivable considered at risk on a quarterly basis.  The review primarily consists of an analysis based upon current information available about the client, such as financial statements, news reports and published credit ratings, as well as the current economic environment, collateral net of repossession cost and prior history.  For loans that are collateral dependent, impairment is measured using the fair value of the collateral when foreclosure is probable.  Using this information, the company determines the expected cash flow for the receivable and calculates a recommended estimate of the potential loss and the probability of loss.  For those accounts where the loss is probable, the company records a specific reserve.

 

Unallocated – The company records an unallocated reserve that is calculated by applying a reserve rate to its different portfolios, excluding accounts that have been specifically reserved.  This reserve rate is based upon credit rating, probability of default, term, asset characteristics, and loss history.

 

Receivable losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of the receivable is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

Certain receivables for which the company recorded specific reserves may also be placed on nonaccrual status.  Nonaccrual assets are those receivables (impaired loans or nonperforming leases) with specific reserves and other accounts for which it is likely that the company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to original terms of the lease or loan agreement.  Income recognition is discontinued on these receivables. Receivables may be removed from nonaccrual status, if appropriate, based upon changes in client circumstances.

 

ESTIMATED RESIDUAL VALUES OF LEASE ASSETS

 

The recorded residual values of the company’s lease assets are estimated at the inception of the lease to be the expected fair market value of the assets at the end of the lease term. The company reassesses the realizable value of its lease residual values.  Any anticipated increases in specific future residual values are not recognized before realization through remarketing efforts.  Anticipated decreases in specific future residual values that are considered to be other than temporary are recognized immediately upon identification and are recorded as an adjustment to the residual value estimate.  For sale type and direct financing leases, this reduction lowers the recorded net investment and is recognized as a loss charged to finance income in the period in which the estimate is changed, as well as an adjustment to unearned income to reduce future period finance income.

 

SOFTWARE COSTS

 

Costs that are related to the conceptual formulation and design of licensed programs are expensed as R&D.  Also for licensed programs, the company capitalizes costs that are incurred to produce the finished product after technological feasibility is established.  The annual amortization of the capitalized amounts is performed using the straight-line method, and is applied over periods ranging up to three years.  The company performs periodic reviews to ensure that unamortized program costs remain recoverable from future revenue.  Costs to support or service licensed programs are expensed as the costs are incurred.

 

The company capitalizes certain costs that are incurred to purchase or to create and implement internal-use computer software, which includes software coding, installation, testing and data conversion.  Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over 2 years.

 

85



 

PRODUCT WARRANTIES

 

The company estimates its warranty costs based on historical warranty claim experience and applies this estimate to the revenue stream for products under warranty.  Included in the company’s warranty accrual are costs for limited warranties and extended warranty coverage.  Future costs for warranties applicable to revenue recognized in the current period are charged to cost of revenue.  The warranty accrual is reviewed quarterly to verify that it properly reflects the remaining obligation based on the anticipated expenditures over the balance of the obligation period.  Adjustments are made when actual warranty claim experience differs from estimates.

 

COMMON STOCK

 

Common stock refers to the $.20 par value capital stock as designated in the company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Treasury stock is accounted for using the cost method. When treasury stock is reissued, the value is computed and recorded using a weighted-average basis.

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

 

Earnings per share of common stock-basic is computed by dividing Net income applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Earnings per share of common stock-assuming dilution reflects the maximum potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock and would then share in the net income of the company.  See note T, “Earnings Per Share of Common Stock,” on page 108 for additional information.

 

B

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

 

STANDARDS IMPLEMENTED

 

In December 2003, the FASB revised SFAS No.132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and other Post-retirement Benefits, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88 and 106.” This new SFAS No. 132 retains all of the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 132; however, it also requires additional annual disclosures describing types of plan assets, investment strategy, measurement date(s), expected employer contributions, plan obligations, and expected benefit payments of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans.  In accordance with the transition provisions of SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), note W, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 110 through 117 has been expanded to include the new disclosures required as of December 31, 2003.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” which addresses consolidation by business enterprises of VIEs that either: (1)do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) have equity investors that lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest.

 

Throughout 2003, the FASB released numerous proposed and final FASB Staff Positions (FSPs) regarding FIN 46, which both clarified and modified FIN 46’s provisions.  In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46-R),which will replace FIN 46 upon its effective date.  FIN 46-R retains many of the basic concepts introduced in FIN 46; however, it also introduces a new scope exception for certain types of entities that qualify as a “business” as defined in FIN 46-R, revises the method of calculating expected losses and residual returns for determination of the primary beneficiary, includes new guidance for assessing variable interests, and codifies certain FSPs on FIN 46.

 

Pursuant to the transition requirements of FSP FIN 46-6, the company previously disclosed in the third quarter 2003 Form 10-Q the planned adoption of the consolidation guidance applicable to existing VIEs as of December 31, 2003.  In accordance with the transition requirements of FIN 46-R, the company has applied the provisions of FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003, to all special-purpose entities (SPEs) as defined within FIN 46-R to which it is associated and all non-SPEs created after January 31, 2003.  It will defer adoption of FIN 46-R for all other non-SPEs until March 31, 2004.

 

The application of FIN 46 to VIEs created after January 31, 2003, did not result in any entities requiring consolidation that would not already have required consolidation under the voting equity interest model.  Additionally, no new consolidation was required as a result of applying FIN 46 to the company’s SPEs. The company’s program to sell state and local government receivables, as described in note J, “Sale and Securitization of Receivables,” on page 95, involves qualifying SPEs, and therefore is not subject to FIN 46.  The company is continuing to evaluate the impact of FIN 46-R and its related guidance for its adoption as of March 31, 2004.  However, it is not expected to have a material impact on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force ( EITF) reached a consensus on two issues relating to the accounting for multiple-element arrangements: Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” and Issue No. 03-05, “Applicability of AICPA SOP 97-2 to Non- Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More Than Incidental Software.” The consensus opinion in EITF No. 03-05 clarifies the scope of both EITF 00-21 and Statement of Financial Position (SOP) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” and was reached on July 31, 2003.  The transition provisions allow either prospective application or a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption.  IBM adopted the Issue prospectively as of July 1, 2003.  EITF Nos. 00-21 and 03-05 did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

86



 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No.149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristics of a derivative as discussed in SFAS No. 133.  It also specifies when a derivative contains a financing component that requires special reporting in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.  SFAS No. 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements in order to improve consistency in reporting these types of transactions.  The new guidance is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. SFAS No. 149 did not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No.150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. It establishes classification and measurement standards for three types of freestanding financial instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity.  Instruments within the scope of SFAS No. 150 must be classified as liabilities within the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and be reported at settlement date value.  The provisions of SFAS No. 150 are effective for (1) instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and (2) pre-existing instruments as of July 1, 2003. In November 2003, through the issuance of FSP 150-3, the FASB indefinitely deferred the effective date of certain provisions of SFAS No. 150, including mandatorily redeemable instruments as they relate to minority interests in consolidated finite-lived entities.  The adoption of SFAS No. 150, as modified by FSP 150-3, did not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” which addresses the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees.  FIN 45 also requires the recognition of a liability by a guarantor at the inception of certain guarantees that are entered into or modified after December 31, 2002.  The company has adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 (see note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 86 under “Product Warranties,” in note O, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on pages 101 to 103) and applied the recognition and measurement provisions for all material guarantees entered into or modified in periods beginning January 1, 2003.  The initial adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The impact of FIN 45 on the company’s future Consolidated Financial Statements will depend upon whether the company enters into or modifies any material guarantee arrangements.

 

In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.”  SFAS No.146 supersedes EITF No.94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring),” and requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred.  Such liabilities should be recorded at fairvalue and updated for any changes in the fair  value each period.  The company adopted this statement effective  January 1, 2003, and its adoption did not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Going forward, the impact of SFAS No. 146 on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements will depend upon the timing of and facts underlying any future exit or disposal activity.

 

On January 1, 2003, the company adopted SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” SFAS No.143 provides accounting and reporting guidance for legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction or normal operation of a long-lived asset.  SFAS No. 143 requires the recording of  an asset and a liability equal to the present value of the estimated costs associated with the retirement of long-lived assets for which a legal or contractual obligation exists.  The asset is required to be depreciated over the life of the related equipment or facility, and the liability is required to be accreted each year based on a present value interest rate.  The adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections,” effective May 15, 2002.  SFAS No.145 eliminates the requirement that gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt be aggregated and classified as an extraordinary item, net of tax, and makes certain other technical corrections.  SFAS No. 145 did not have a material effect on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Effective January 1, 2002, the company adopted SOP 01-6, “Accounting by Certain Entities (including entities with Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others.” With limited exception, SOP 01-6 applies to any entity that lends to, or finances the activities of, others and provides specialized guidance for certain transactions specific to financial institutions.  This SOP reconciles and conforms, as appropriate, the accounting and financial reporting guidance established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.  The adoption did not have a material effect on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144 addresses significant issues relating to the implementation of SFAS No. 121, “Accounting for the

 

87



 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” and develops a single accounting model, based on the framework established in SFAS No.  121 for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether such assets are or are not deemed to be a business.  SFAS No. 144 also modifies the accounting and disclosure rules for discontinued operations.  The standard was adopted on January 1, 2002, and did not have a material impact on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.  The discontinued HDD operations are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with SFAS No. 144.

 

In November 2001, the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out of Pocket' “Expenses Incurred.” This guidance requires companies to recognize the recovery of reimbursable expenses such as travel costs on services contracts as revenue.  These costs are not to be netted as a reduction of cost.  This guidance was effective January 1, 2002.  This guidance did not have a material effect on the company's  Consolidated Financial Statements due to thecompany’s billing practices.  For instance, outside the U.S., almost all of the company's contracts involve fixed billings that are designed to recover all costs, including out-of-pocket costs.  Therefore, the “reimbursement” of these costs is already recorded in revenue.

 

In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires the use of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations and prohibits the use of the pooling of interests method.  Under the previous rules, the company used the purchase method of accounting.  SFAS No. 141 also refines the definition of intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination.  As a result, the purchase price allocation of current business combinations may be different than the allocation that would have resulted under the old rules.  Business combinations must be accounted for using SFAS No. 141 effective July 1, 2001.

 

SFAS No. 142 eliminates the amortization of goodwill, requires annual impairment testing of goodwill and introduces the concept of indefinite life intangible assets.  The company adopted SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002.  The new rules also prohibit the amortization of goodwill associated with business combinations that closed after June 30, 2001.

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 141, the unamortized balance for acquired assembled workforce of $33 million, which had been recognized as an intangible asset separate from goodwill, has been reclassified to goodwill effective January 1, 2002.  In addition, an initial goodwill impairment test was required to be performed in 2002 as of January 1, 2002.  This initial test and the company's first annual goodwill impairment test, performed as of October 1, 2002, resulted in no goodwill impairment charges.  See note I, “Intangible Assets Including Goodwill,” on page 94 for current year changes in the amount of recorded goodwill.

 

The following table presents Reported income from continuing operations and net income adjusted to exclude goodwill amortization, which is no longer recorded under SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

 

(dollars in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Reported income from continuing operations

 

$

7,613

 

$

5,334

 

$

8,146

 

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of tax effects

 

 

 

262

 

Adjusted income from continuing operations

 

$

7,613

 

$

5,334

 

$

8,408

 

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported income from continuing operations

 

$

4.42

 

$

3.13

 

$

4.69

 

Goodwill amortization

 

 

 

0.15

 

Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing operations

 

$

4.42

 

$

3.13

 

$

4.85

*

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported income from continuing operations

 

$

4.34

 

$

3.07

 

$

4.59

 

Goodwill amortization

 

 

 

0.15

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

 

$

4.34

 

$

3.07

 

$

4.74

 

Reported net income

 

$

7,583

 

$

3,579

 

$

7,723

 

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of tax effects

 

 

 

262

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

7,583

 

$

3,579

 

$

7,985

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported net income

 

$

4.40

 

$

2.10

 

$

4.45

 

Goodwill amortization

 

 

 

0.15

 

Adjusted basic earnings per share

 

$

4.40

 

$

2.10

 

$

4.60

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported net income

 

$

4.32

 

$

2.06

 

$

4.35

 

Goodwill amortization

 

 

 

0.15

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

 

$

4.32

 

$

2.06

 

$

4.50

 

 


* Does not total due to rounding.

 

88



 

On January 1, 2001, the company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. As of January 1, 2001, the adoption of the new standard resulted in a cumulative effect, net-of-tax increase of $219 million to Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings in the Stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and a cumulative effect net-of-tax charge of $6 million included in Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

Effective January 1, 2001, the company adopted SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a replacement of SFAS No. 125.” This statement provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. It also revises the accounting standards for securitizations and transfers of financial assets and collateral. The adoption did not have a material effect on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The standard also requires new disclosures that are not applicable to the company.

 

C

 

ACQUISITIONS / DIVESTITURES

 

ACQUISITIONS

 

2003

 

In 2003, the company completed nine acquisitions at an aggregate cost of $2,536 million.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

RATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

AMORTIZATION
LIFE (IN YEARS)

 

ORIGINAL
AMOUNT
DISCLOSED IN
FIRST
QUARTER 2003

 

PURCHASE
ADJUSTMENTS
*

 

TOTAL
ALLOCATION

 

OTHER
ACQUISITIONS

 

Current assets

 

 

 

$

1,179

 

$

51

 

$

1,230

 

$

19

 

Fixed assets/non-current

 

 

 

83

 

28

 

111

 

2

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

NA

 

1,365

 

40

 

1,405

 

335

 

Completed technology

 

3

 

229

 

 

229

 

12

 

Client relationships

 

7

 

180

 

 

180

 

1

 

Other identifiable intangible assets

 

2–5

 

32

 

 

32

 

21

 

In-process R&D

 

 

 

9

 

 

9

 

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

 

3,077

 

119

 

3,196

 

390

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

(347

)

(81

)

(428

)

(28

)

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

(638

)

33

 

(605

)

11

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(985

)

(48

)

(1,033

)

(17

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

$

2,092

 

$

71

 

$

2,163

 

$

373

 

 


*                  Adjustments primarily relate to acquisition costs, deferred taxes and other accruals.

 

Rational Software Corporation (Rational) – The largest acquisition in 2003 was that of Rational. The company purchased the outstanding stock of Rational for $2,095 million in cash. In addition, the company issued replacement stock options with an estimated fair value of $68 million to Rational employees. Rational provides open, industry standard tools, and best practices and services for developing business applications and building software products and systems. The Rational acquisition provides the company with the ability to offer a complete development environment for clients. The transaction was completed on February 21, 2003, from which time the results of this acquisition were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The company merged Rational’s business operations and employees into the company’s Software segment as a new division and brand.

 

The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. The primary items that generated the goodwill are the value of the synergies between Rational and IBM and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualify as an amortizable intangible asset. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average life of the identified intangible assets acquired in the purchase of Rational that are subject to amortization is 4.7 years. With the exception of goodwill, these identified intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Goodwill of $1,405 million has been assigned to the Software segment. The company recorded a pre-tax charge of $9 million for in-process R&D.

 

89



 

This amount, which reflects the relative value and contribution of the acquired R&D to the company’s existing research or product lines, was charged to RD&E expense on the company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The acquired R&D had not reached technical feasibility, nor did it have an alternative future use, at date of acquisition.

 

As indicated above, $2,095 million of the gross purchase price was paid in cash. However, as part of the transaction, IBM assumed cash and cash equivalents held in Rational of $1,053 million, resulting in a net cash payment of $1,042 million. In addition, the company assumed $500 million in outstanding convertible debt. The convertible debt was subsequently called on March 26, 2003.

 

Other Acquisitions – The company paid substantially all cash for the other acquisitions in the table on page 89. Five of the acquisitions were for software companies, two related to Strategic Outsourcing and Business Consulting Services companies and one was a hardware business. The primary items that generated goodwill are the synergies between the acquired businesses and the company, and the premium paid by the company for the right to control the businesses acquired. The company assigned approximately $74 million of the goodwill to the Software segment: $203 million of goodwill to the Global Services segment; and $58 million of goodwill to the Hardware segment. These assignments were based upon an analysis of the segments that are expected to benefit from the acquisitions. Substantially all of the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average life of the intangible assets purchased is 4.3 years. The results of operations of the acquired businesses were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

 

2002

 

In 2002, the company completed 12 acquisitions at an aggregate cost of $3,958 million. In addition, the company paid an additional $414 million in 2003 resulting from purchase price adjustments.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

PwCC

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMORTIZATION
LIFE (IN YEARS)

 

ORIGINAL AMOUNT
DISCLOSED IN 2002
ANNUAL REPORT

 

PURCHASE
ADJUSTMENTS
*

 

TOTAL
ALLOCATION

 

OTHER
ACQUISITIONS

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

$

1,197

 

$

(228

)

$

969

 

$

264

 

Fixed assets/non-current

 

 

 

199

 

(35

)

164

 

102

 

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

N/A

 

2,461

 

694

 

3,155

 

364

 

 

Completed technology

 

3

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

Strategic alliances

 

5

 

103

 

 

103

 

 

 

Non-contractual client relationships

 

4–7

 

131

 

 

131

 

 

 

Client contracts/backlog

 

3–5

 

82

 

 

82

 

6

 

 

Other identifiable intangible assets

 

3–5

 

95

 

 

95

 

10

 

 

In-process R&D

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

 

4,268

 

431

 

4,699

 

816

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

(560

)

(26

)

(586

)

(208

)

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

(234

)

9

 

(225

)

(124

)

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(794

)

(17

)

(811

)

(332

)

 

Total purchase price

 

 

 

$

3,474

 

$

414

 

$

3,888

 

$

484

 

 


*                  Adjustments relate to the amount paid by the company to PricewaterhouseCoopers as a result of the review discussed below as well as other purchase accounting adjustments primarily related to accounts receivable, prepaid assets and other accruals.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Global Business Consulting and Technology Services Unit (PwCC) Acquisition On October 1, 2002, the company purchased PwCC for $3,888 million. The acquisition of PwCC provides the company with new expertise in business strategy, industry-based consulting, process integration and application management. The company paid $3,474 million of the cost related to the acquisition of PwCC in 2002. The balance was paid in 2003. The purchase price allocation disclosed in the company’s 2002 Annual Report, which was based on the initial $3,474 million paid, included an estimated amount of net tangible assets to be transferred of approximately $422 million. The recorded amount of net tangible assets transferred to IBM from PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) on October 1, 2002, was approximately $454 million higher than the estimate. The amount of recorded net tangible assets transferred was subject to a review process between

 

90



 

both parties under the terms of the agreement. As a result of the review process and other adjustments, the company paid an additional amount to PwC of $397 million in July 2003. Substantially all of the payment was accounted for as incremental goodwill due to the fact that the net tangible assets recorded by IBM as of October 1, 2002, included the incremental amount. The difference between the $397 million payment in July and the total purchase price adjustment in the table on page 90 is due to transaction costs incurred by the company.

 

The company paid $3,266 million of the purchase price in cash, $294 million primarily in the form of restricted shares of IBM common stock and $328 million in notes convertible into restricted shares of IBM common stock.

 

In connection with the acquisition, the company incurred approximately $196 million of pre-tax, one-time compensation costs for certain PwCC partners and employees. This amount relates to restricted stock awards and the compensation element of the convertible notes issued as part of the purchase consideration and was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2002. The portion of this amount recorded as part of SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings as compensation expense for the convertible notes equals the difference between the fair value and the face value of the notes.

 

As a result of its acquisition of PwCC, the company recorded a liability of approximately $601 million in the fourth quarter of 2002 to rebalance its workforce and to vacate excess leased space. All employees affected by this action were notified as of December 31, 2002. The portion of the liability relating to IBM people and space was approximately $318 million, substantially all of which was recorded as part of SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The portion of the liability relating to acquired PwCC workforce and leased space was approximately $283 million and was included as part of the liabilities assumed for purchase accounting and are included in the table on page 90. Also see page 107 for additional information on these initiatives.

 

Almost half of the goodwill was estimated to be generated by the value of the acquired assembled workforce. The acquired assembled workforce is treated as goodwill under SFAS No. 141. The remaining items that generated goodwill are synergies between PwCC and the company created by the combination, and the premium paid by the company for the right to control PwCC. The goodwill has been assigned to the Global Services segment. The company estimates that approximately two-thirds of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average life of amortizable intangible assets purchased from PwC is 4.8 years. The results of operations of PwCC were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of October 1, 2002.

 

Other Acquisitions – The company paid cash for the other acquisitions. Six of the acquisitions were for software companies, including Crossworlds Software, Inc., and Access360. The other five acquisitions were Strategic Outsourcing and Business Consulting Services companies. The primary items that generated goodwill are the synergies between the acquired businesses and the company, and the premium paid by the company for the right to control the businesses acquired. Approximately $300 million of the goodwill has been assigned to the Software segment and the balance to the Global Services segment. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average life of the intangible assets purchased is 3.4 years. The results of operations of the acquired businesses were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

 

2001

 

In 2001, the company completed two acquisitions at a cost of approximately $1,082 million.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

AMORTIZATION
LIFE (IN YEARS)

 

INFORMIX

 

OTHER
ACQUISITION

 

Current assets

 

 

 

$

156

 

$

57

 

Fixed/non-current assets

 

 

 

41

 

21

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

591

 

25

 

Client lists

 

5

 

220

 

 

Completed technology

 

3

 

140

 

 

Trademarks

 

2

 

10

 

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

 

1,158

 

103

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

(101

)

(2

)

Payables/accrued expenses

 

 

 

(55

)

(21

)

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(156

)

(23

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

$

1,002

 

$

80

 

 

Informix Corporation (Informix) – The larger acquisition was Informix database software business. The company purchased Informix in the third quarter of 2001. The company paid approximately $1 billion in cash for the net assets of the business. Under the terms of the acquisition, the company paid $889 million of the purchase price in 2001. The balance was paid in January 2003. The Informix acquisition provided the company with a database software system for data warehousing, business intelligence and transaction-handling systems that are used by more than 100,000 clients. In addition, the acquisition significantly increased the size of the company’s UNIX database business.

 

91



 

The primary items that generated goodwill are the value of the acquired assembled workforce and the synergies between Informix and the company created by the combination. Goodwill of $591 million has been assigned to the Software segment. Almost all of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. This transaction occurred after June 30, 2001, and therefore, the acquired goodwill is not subject to amortization. The overall weighted-average life of intangible assets purchased from Informix is 4.2 years. The results of operations of Informix were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of July 2, 2001.

 

Other Acquisition – The primary items that generated goodwill are the synergies between the acquired business and the company and the premium paid by the company for the right to control the business acquired. Goodwill of $25 million has been assigned to the Global Services segment. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations of the acquired business were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition.

 

Overall

 

The company’s acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.

 

The acquired tangible net assets comprise primarily cash, accounts receivable, land, buildings and leasehold improvements. The acquired identifiable intangible assets comprise primarily completed technology, trademarks, client lists, employee agreements and leasehold interests. The identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally not to exceed seven years. Goodwill from acquisitions that were consummated prior to July 1, 2001, was amortized over five years. The company adopted SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, and ceased amortizing goodwill as of that date. The results of operations of all acquired businesses were included in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

 

DIVESTITURES

 

2002

 

On December 31, 2002, the company sold its HDD business to Hitachi. The total gross proceeds of the sale were $2 billion (excluding purchase price adjustments), of which $1,414 million was received by IBM at closing. According to the terms of the agreement, the remaining proceeds will be received one and three years after closing. The remaining proceeds are fixed and are not dependent or variable based upon the sold business’ earnings or performance. The company transferred approximately $244 million of cash as part of the HDD business, resulting in a net cash inflow in 2002 related to the HDD transaction of $1,170 million. The company received approximately $156 million from Hitachi on December 31, 2003 for the payment due one year after closing and paid approximately $59 million to Hitachi for certain contractual items resulting in a net cash inflow in 2003 of $97 million.

 

IBM has entered into an arms-length five-year supply agreement with Hitachi, effective January 1, 2003, designed to provide the company with a majority of its ongoing internal disk drive requirements for the company’s Server, Storage and Personal Systems products.

 

The loss on disposal recorded in 2002 was approximately $382 million, net of tax, and was recorded in Loss from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 80 for the “Basis of Presentation” for the discontinued operations.

 

In the second and fourth quarters of 2002, the company announced certain asset and workforce reduction actions, and excess leased space charges related to its discontinued HDD business. The company recorded a charge of approximately $508 million, net of tax, in discontinued operations associated with these announced actions.

 

Summarized selected financial information for the discontinued operations is as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

2001

 

Revenue

 

$

 

$

1,946

 

$

2,799

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

29

 

$

2,037

 

$

497

 

Income tax expense/(benefit)

 

1

 

(282

)

(74

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

$

30

 

$

1,755

 

$

423

 

 


*                  At closing, the company incurred a significant U.S. tax charge of approximately $248 million related to the repatriation of divestiture proceeds from certain countries with low tax rates. This amount was included in the Income tax expense/(benefit) line item of discontinued operations.

 

D

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

( EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES )

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, notes and other accounts receivable and other investments are financial assets with carrying values that approximate fair value. Accounts payable, other accrued expenses and liabilities, and short-term and long-term debt are financial liabilities with carrying values that approximate fair value.

 

MARKETABLE SECURITIES *

 

The following table summarizes the company’s marketable securities, all of which are considered available for sale, and alliance investments.

 

92



 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Marketable securities—current:

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits and other obligations

 

$

357

 

$

593

 

Marketable securities—non-current: **

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits and other obligations

 

$

36

 

$

172

 

Non-U.S. government securities and other fixed-term obligations

 

23

 

20

 

Total

 

$

59

 

$

192

 

Non-equity method alliance investments **

 

$

234

 

$

249

 

 


*                  Gross unrealized gains (before taxes) on marketable securities and alliance investments were $11 million and $9 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Gross unrealized losses (before taxes) on marketable securities and alliance investments were $2 million and $10 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. See note N, “Stockholders’ Equity Activity,” on pages 100 and 101 for net change in unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and certain other information regarding unrealized losses.

 

**           Included within Investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. See note H, “Investments and Sundry Assets,” on page 94.

 

E

 

INVENTORIES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Finished goods

 

$

992

 

$

960

 

Work in process and raw materials

 

1,950

 

2,188

 

Total

 

$

2,942

 

$

3,148

 

 

F

 

FINANCING RECEIVABLES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Short-term:

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment in sales-type leases

 

$

5,940

 

$

5,779

 

Commercial financing receivables

 

5,653

 

4,972

 

Customer loans receivable

 

5,235

 

4,462

 

Installment payment receivables

 

657

 

698

 

Other non-Global Financing related

 

98

 

85

 

Total

 

$

17,583

 

$

15,996

 

Long-term:

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment in sales-type leases

 

$

6,010

 

$

6,505

 

Commercial financing receivables

 

197

 

462

 

Customer loans receivable

 

4,300

 

4,179

 

Installment payment receivables

 

217

 

273

 

Other non-Global Financing related

 

17

 

21

 

Total

 

$

10,741

 

$

11,440

 

 

Net investment in sales-type leases is for leases that relate principally to IBM equipment and are generally for terms ranging from two to five years. Net investment in sales-type leases includes unguaranteed residual values of $845 million and $821 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and is reflected net of unearned income of $1,227 million and $1,330 million and of allowance for uncollectible accounts of $337 million and $361 million at those dates, respectively. Scheduled maturities of minimum lease payments outstanding at December 31, 2003, expressed as a percentage of the total, are approximately as follows: 2004, 53 percent; 2005, 29 percent; 2006, 13 percent; 2007, 4 percent; and 2008 and beyond, 1 percent.

 

Customer loans receivable are provided by Global Financing to the company’s clients to finance the purchase of the company’s software and services. Global Financing is one of many sources of funding from which clients can choose. Separate contractual relationships on these financing arrangements are generally for terms ranging from one to three years requiring straight-line payments over the term. Each financing contract is priced independently at competitive maket rates. The company has a history of enforcing the terms of these separate financing agreements.

 

G

 

PLANT , RENTAL MACHINES AND OTHER PROPERTY

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

865

 

$

837

 

Buildings and building improvements

 

9,261

 

8,978

 

Plant, laboratory and office equipment

 

22,317

 

21,416

 

 

 

32,443

 

31,231

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

19,190

 

18,525

 

 

 

13,253

 

12,706

 

Rental machines

 

4,679

 

4,852

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

3,243

 

3,118

 

 

 

1,436

 

1,734

 

Total

 

$

14,689

 

$

14,440

 

 

93



 

H

 

INVESTMENTS AND SUNDRY ASSETS

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

Deferred taxes

 

$

4,288

 

$

4,314

 

Alliance investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Equity method

 

560

 

562

 

Other

 

234

 

249

 

Software

 

814

 

834

 

Derivatives—non-current **

 

695

 

689

 

Receivable from Hitachi +

 

358

 

356

 

Marketable securities—non-current

 

59

 

192

 

Other assets

 

1,100

 

1,076

 

Total

 

$

8,108

 

$

8,272

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

**           See note L, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 96 to 99 for the fair value of all derivatives reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

+                See note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 89 to 92 for additional information.

 

I

 

INTANGIBLE ASSET S INCLUDING GOODWILL

 

The following schedule details the company’s intangible asset balances by major asset class.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

INTANGIBLE ASSET CLASS

 

GROSS
CARRYING
AMOUNT

 

ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION

 

NET
CARRYING
AMOUNT

 

Client-related

 

$

704

 

$

(254

)

$

450

 

Completed technology

 

448

 

(228

)

220

 

Strategic alliances

 

118

 

(38

)

80

 

Patents/trademarks

 

98

 

(66

)

32

 

Other *

 

165

 

(37

)

128

 

Total

 

$

1,533

 

$

(623

)

$

910

**  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2002

 

INTANGIBLE ASSET CLASS

 

GROSS
CARRYING
AMOUNT

 

ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION

 

NET
CARRYING
AMOUNT

 

Client-related

 

$

517

 

$

(124

)

$

393

 

Completed technology

 

229

 

(108

)

121

 

Strategic alliances

 

118

 

(15

)

103

 

Patents/trademarks

 

109

 

(80

)

29

 

Other *

 

98

 

(7

)

91

 

Total

 

$

1,071

 

$

(334

)

$

737

**

 


*                  Other intangibles are primarily acquired proprietary and nonproprietary business processes, methodologies and systems.

 

**           The $910 million at December 31, 2003, comprises $336 million recorded as current assets and $574 million recorded as non-current assets. The $737 million at December 31, 2002, comprises $245 million recorded as current assets and $492 million recorded as non-current assets.

 

The net carrying amount of intangible assets increased by $173 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, primarily due to the acquisition of Rational, offset by the amortization of existing intangible asset balances.

 

The aggregate amortization expense was $349 million and $181 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

The future amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years relating to intangible assets currently recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is estimated to be the following at December 31, 2003:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2004

 

$

336

 

2005

 

261

 

2006

 

141

 

2007

 

84

 

2008

 

51

 

 

GOODWILL

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting segment, for the year ended December 31, 2003, are as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

SEGMENT

 

BALANCE
JAN. 1,
2003

 

GOODWILL
ADDITIONS

 

PURCHASE
PRICE
ADJUSTMENTS

 

DIVESTITURES

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

BALANCE
DEC. 31,
2003

 

Global Services

 

$

2,926

 

$

203

$

694

 

$

(6

)

$

367

 

$

4,184

 

Systems Group

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

137

 

Personal Systems Group

 

13

 

58

 

 

 

 

71

 

Technology Group

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Software

 

1,015

 

1,439

 

40

 

 

11

 

2,505

 

Global Financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprise Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,115

 

$

1,700

 

$

734

 

$

(6

)

$

378

 

$

6,921

 

 


*                  Relates to the purchase of the minority interest in a consolidated subsidiary.

 

There were no goodwill impairment losses recorded during the period.

 

94



 

J

 

SALE AND SECURITIZATION OF RECEIVABLES

 

The company periodically sells receivables through the securitization of loans, leases and trade receivables. The company retains servicing rights in the securitized receivables for which it receives a servicing fee. Any gain or loss incurred as a result of such sales is recognized in the period in which the sale occurs.

 

During 2001, the company entered into an uncommitted trade receivables securitization facility that allows for the ongoing sale of up to $500 million of trade receivables. This facility was put in place primarily to provide backup liquidity and can be accessed on three days notice. The company sold $179 million of trade receivables through this facility in 2001. The company has not had any amounts outstanding under the trade receivables securitization facility since 2001. In addition, the company has a program to sell loans receivable from state and local government clients. This program was established in 1990 and has been used from time to time since then. The company sold $278 million of loans receivable due from state and local government clients in 2001. No receivables were sold under either of these programs in 2003 or 2002.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the total balance of the state and local receivables securitized and under the company’s management was $21 million and $101 million, respectively. Servicing assets net of servicing liabilities were insignificant.

 

The investors in the state and local loans receivable securitizations have recourse to the company via a limited guarantee of $14 million at December 31, 2003. At year-end 2003, delinquent amounts from the receivables sold and net credit losses were insignificant.

 

K

 

BORROWINGS

 

SHORT-TERM DEBT

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Commercial paper

 

$

2,349

 

$

1,302

 

Short-term loans

 

1,124

 

1,013

 

Long-term debt — current maturities

 

3,173

 

3,716

 

Total

 

$

6,646

 

$

6,031

 

 

The weighted-average interest rates for commercial paper at December 31, 2003 and 2002, were 1.0 percent and 1.7 percent, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate for short-term loans was 2.5 percent at both December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Pre-Swap Activity

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

MATURITIES

 

2003

 

2002

 

U.S. Dollars:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.875%

 

2032

 

$

600

 

$

 

6.22%

 

2027

 

500

 

500

 

6.5%

 

2028

 

319

 

700

 

7.0%

 

2025

 

600

 

600

 

7.0%

 

2045

 

150

 

150

 

7.125%

 

2096

 

850

 

850

 

7.5%

 

2013

 

550

 

550

 

8.375%

 

2019

 

750

 

750

 

3.43% convertible notes *

 

2007

 

309

 

328

 

Notes: 5.9% average

 

2004–2013

 

3,034

 

2,130

 

Medium-term note program: 3.7% average

 

2004–2018

 

4,690

 

7,113

 

Other: 4.0% average

 

2004–2009

 

508

 

610

 

 

 

 

 

12,860

 

14,281

 

Other currencies (average interest rate at December 31, 2003, in parentheses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros (5.3%)

 

2004–2009

 

1,174

 

2,111

 

Japanese yen (1.1%)

 

2004–2015

 

4,363

 

4,976

 

Canadian dollars (5.8%)

 

2004–2011

 

201

 

445

 

Swiss francs (4.0%)

 

2003

 

 

180

 

Other (6.0%)

 

2004–2014

 

770

 

730

 

 

 

 

 

19,368

 

22,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net unamortized discount/(premium)

 

 

 

15

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustment **

 

 

 

806

 

978

 

 

 

 

 

20,159

 

23,702

 

Less: Current maturities

 

 

 

3,173

 

3,716

 

Total

 

 

 

$

16,986

 

$

19,986

 

 


*                  On October 1, 2002, as part of the purchase price consideration for the PwCC acquisition, as addressed in note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 89 to 92, the company issued convertible notes bearing interest at a stated rate of 3.43 percent with a face value of approximately $328 million to certain of the acquired PwCC partners. The notes are convertible into 4,764,543 shares of IBM common stock at the option of the holders at any time after the first anniversary of their issuance based on a fixed conversion price of $68.81 per share of the company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2003, a total of 274,347 shares had been issued under this provision.

 

**           In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 133, the portion of the company’s fixed rate debt obligations that is hedged is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as an amount equal to the sum of the debt’s carrying value plus a SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustment representing changes recorded in the fair value of the hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in market interest rates and applicable foreign currency exchange rates.

 

95



 

Annual contractual maturities on long-term debt outstanding, including capital lease obligations, at December 31, 2003, are as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2004

 

$

4,072

 

2005

 

3,113

 

2006

 

2,760

 

2007

 

1,289

 

2008

 

225

 

2009 and beyond

 

7,942

 

 

INTEREST ON DEBT

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Cost of Global Financing

 

$

503

 

$

633

 

$

964

 

Interest expense

 

145

 

145

 

234

 

Interest expense — discontinued operations

 

 

2

 

4

 

Interest capitalized

 

15

 

35

 

33

 

Total interest paid and accrued

 

$

663

 

$

815

 

$

1,235

 

 

Refer to the related discussion on page 119 in note X, “Segment Information,” for the total interest expense of the Global Financing segment. See note L, “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions,” on pages 96 to 99 for a discussion of the use of currency and interest rate swaps in the company’s debt risk management program.

 

LINES OF CREDIT

 

Based on the company’s forward-looking liquidity requirements, management decided to renew the 364-day facility, upon its expiration on May 30, 2003, in the amount of $2 billion, thereby reducing the total global lines of credit to $10 billion. As of December 31, 2003, the company maintains two global credit facilities totaling $10.0 billion in committed credit lines, including an $8.0 billion multiyear facility that expires on May 31, 2006, and a $2.0 billion, 364-day facility that expires on May 27, 2004. The total expense recorded by the company related to the facility was $7.8 million, $9.1 million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The facility is irrevocable unless IBM is in breach of covenants, including interest coverage ratios, or if it commits an event of default, such as failing to pay any amount due under this agreement. The company believes that circumstances that might give rise to a breach of these covenants or an event of default, as specified in these agreements, are remote. The company’s other lines of credit, most of which are uncommitted, totaled $8,202 million and $7,190 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Interest rates and other terms of borrowing under these lines of credit vary from country to country, depending on local market conditions.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Unused lines:

 

 

 

 

 

From the committed global credit facility

 

$

9,907

 

$

11,945

 

From other committed and uncommitted lines

 

5,976

 

4,989

 

Total unused lines of credit

 

$

15,883

 

$

16,934

 

 

L

 

DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

 

The company operates in approximately 35 functional currencies and is a significant lender and borrower in the global markets. In the normal course of business, the company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations, and to a lesser extent equity price changes and client credit risk. The company limits these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures including the use of derivatives and, where cost-effective, financing with debt in the currencies in which assets are denominated. For interest rate exposures, derivatives are used to align rate movements between the interest rates associated with the company’s lease and other financial assets and the interest rates associated with its financing debt. Derivatives are also used to manage the related cost of debt. For foreign currency exposures, derivatives are used to limit the effects of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on financial results.

 

The company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes, nor is it a party to leveraged derivatives. Further, the company has a policy of only entering into contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and other factors, and maintains strict dollar and term limits that correspond to the institution’s credit rating.

 

In its hedging programs, the company employs the use of forward contracts, futures contracts, interest rate and currency swaps, options, caps, floors or a combination thereof depending upon the underlying exposure.

 

A brief description of the major hedging programs follows.

 

DEBT RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The company issues debt in the global capital markets, principally to fund its financing lease and loan portfolio. Access to cost-effective financing can result in interest rate and/or currency mismatches with the underlying assets. To manage these mismatches and to reduce overall interest cost, the company primarily uses interest-rate and currency instruments, principally swaps, to convert specific fixed-rate debt issuances into variable-rate debt (i.e., fair value hedges) and to convert specific variable-rate debt and anticipated commercial paper issuances to fixed rate (i.e., cash flow hedges).

 

96



 

The resulting cost of funds is lower than that which would have been available if debt with matching characteristics was issued directly. The weighted-average remaining maturity of all swaps in the debt risk management program is approximately four years.

 

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS IN FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES (NET INVESTMENT)

 

A significant portion of the company’s foreign currency denominated debt portfolio is designated as a hedge of net investment to reduce the volatility in stockholders’ equity caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates in the functional currency of major foreign subsidiaries with respect to the U.S. dollar. The company also uses currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts for this risk management purpose. The currency effects of these hedges (approximately $200 million for the current period, net of tax) are reflected as a loss in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section of the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, thereby offsetting a portion of the translation of the applicable foreign subsidiaries’ net assets.

 

ANTICIPATED ROYALTIES AND COST TRANSACTIONS

 

The company’s operations generate significant nonfunctional currency, third party vendor payments and intercompany payments for royalties, and goods and services among the company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries and with the parent company. In anticipation of these foreign currency cash flows and in view of the volatility of the currency markets, the company selectively employs foreign exchange forward and option contracts to manage its currency risk. These contracts may have extended maturities beyond one year and from time to time that extend to three years. As of December 31, 2003, the maximum remaining maturity of these derivative instruments was approximately 18 months, commensurate with the underlying hedged anticipated cash flows.

 

SUBSIDIARY CASH AND FOREIGN CURRENCY ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

 

The company uses its Global Treasury Centers to manage the cash of its subsidiaries. These centers principally use currency swaps to convert cash flows in a cost-effective manner. In addition, the company uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge, on a net basis, the foreign currency exposure of a portion of the company’s nonfunctional currency assets and liabilities. The terms of these forward and swap contracts are generally less than one year. The changes in fair value from these contracts and from the underlying hedged exposures are generally offsetting and are recorded in Other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

EQUITY RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The company is exposed to certain equity price changes related to certain obligations to employees. These equity exposures are primarily related to market value movements in certain broad equity market indices and in the company’s own stock. Changes in the overall value of this employee compensation obligation are recorded in SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Although not designated as accounting hedges, the company utilizes equity derivatives, including equity swaps and futures to economically hedge the equity exposures relating to this employee compensation obligation. To match the exposures relating to this employee compensation obligation, these derivatives are linked to the total return of certain broad equity market indices and/or the total return of the company’s common stock. These derivatives are recorded at fair value with gains or losses also reported in SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

OTHER DERIVATIVES

 

The company holds warrants in connection with certain investments that, although not designated as hedging instruments, are deemed derivatives since they contain net share settlement clauses. During the year, the company recorded the change in the fair value of these warrants in net income.

 

The company is exposed to a potential loss if a client fails to pay amounts due the company under contractual terms (“credit risk”). The company has established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk on principal transactions, including reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure, maintaining collateral, and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties. In 2003, the company began utilizing credit default swaps to economically hedge certain credit exposures. These derivatives have terms of two years. The swaps are not designated as accounting hedges and are recorded at fair value with gains and losses reported in SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

The tables on page 98 summarize the net fair value of the company’s derivative and other risk management instruments at December 31, 2003 and 2002 (included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position).

 

97



 

RISK MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

HEDGE DESIGNATION

 

 

 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

FAIR VALUE

 

CASH FLOW

 

NET
INVESTMENT

 

NON-HEDGE/
OTHER

 

Derivatives—net asset/(liability):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt risk management

 

$

297

 

$

(23

)

$

 

$

(10

)

Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (net investments)

 

 

 

(27

)

 

Anticipated royalties and cost transactions

 

 

(643

)

 

 

Subsidiary cash and foreign currency asset/liability management

 

 

 

 

(31

)

Equity risk management

 

 

 

 

39

 

Other derivatives

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total derivatives

 

297

(b) 

(666

)(c)

(27

)(d)

6

(e)

Debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (net investments)

 

 

 

(2,470

)(a)

 

Total

 

$

297

 

$

(666

)

$

(2,497

)

$

6

 

 


(a)           Represents fair value of foreign denominated debt issuances formally designated as a hedge of net investment.

 

(b)          Comprises assets of $1,083 million and liabilities of $786 million.

 

(c)           Comprises liabilities of $666 million.

 

(d)          Comprises liabilities of $27 million.

 

(e)           Comprises assets of $73 million and liabilities of $67 million.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

HEDGE DESIGNATION

 

 

 

AT DECEMBER 31, 2002

 

FAIR VALUE

 

CASH FLOW

 

NET
INVESTMENT

 

NON-HEDGE/
OTHER

 

Derivatives—net asset/(liability):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt risk management

 

$

643

 

$

(7

)

$

 

$

3

 

Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (net investments)

 

 

 

2

 

 

Anticipated royalties and cost transactions

 

 

(469

)

 

 

Subsidiary cash and foreign currency asset/liability management

 

 

 

 

(109

)

Equity risk management

 

 

 

 

6

 

Other derivatives

 

 

 

 

10

 

Total derivatives

 

643

(b)

(476

)(c)

2

(d)

(90

)(e)

Debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term investments in foreign subsidiaries (net investments)

 

 

 

(2,474

)(a)

 

Total

 

$

643

 

$

(476

)

$

(2,472

)

$

(90

)

 


(a)           Represents fair value of foreign denominated debt issuances formally designated as a hedge of net investment.

 

(b)          Comprises assets of $754 million and liabilities of $111 million.

 

(c)           Comprises assets of $2 million and liabilities of $478 million.

 

(d)          Comprises assets of $2 million.

 

(e)           Comprises assets of $26 million and liabilities of $116 million.

 

ACCUMULATED DERIVATIVE GAINS OR LOSSES

 

As illustrated above, the company makes extensive use of cash flow hedges, principally in the Anticipated royalties and cost transactions risk management program. In connection with the company’s cash flow hedges, it has recorded approximately $454 million of net losses in Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings as of December 31, 2003, net of tax, of which approximately $405 million is expected to be reclassified to net income within the next year, providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying anticipated cash flows hedged.

 

The table on page 99 summarizes activity in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section of the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity related to all derivatives classified as cash flow hedges held by the company during the periods January 1, 2001 (the date of the company’s adoption of SFAS No. 133) through December 31, 2003:

 

98



 

(dollars in millions, net of tax)

 

DEBIT/(CREDIT)

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No. 133 as of January 1, 2001

 

$

(219

)

Net gains reclassified into earnings from equity during 2001

 

379

 

Changes in fair value of derivatives in 2001

 

(456

)

December 31, 2001

 

(296

)

Net losses reclassified into earnings from equity during 2002

 

(5

)

Changes in fair value of derivatives in 2002

 

664

 

December 31, 2002

 

363

 

Net losses reclassified into earnings from equity during 2003

 

(713

)

Changes in fair value of derivatives in 2003

 

804

 

December 31, 2003

 

$

454

 

 

At December 31, 2003, there were no significant gains or losses on derivative transactions or portions thereof that were either ineffective as hedges, excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, or associated with an underlying exposure that did not occur; nor are there any anticipated in the normal course of business.

 

M

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

Deferred taxes

 

$

1,834

 

$

1,450

 

Deferred income

 

1,842

 

1,409

 

Executive compensation accruals

 

1,036

 

851

 

Restructuring actions

 

871

 

1,024

 

Postemployment/preretirement liability

 

579

 

572

 

Disability benefits

 

349

 

304

 

Environmental accruals

 

214

 

208

 

Other

 

731

 

463

 

Total

 

$

7,456

 

$

6,281

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

Each year the company takes certain workforce rebalancing actions to improve productivity and competitive position. The non-current contractually obligated future payments associated with these ongoing activities are reflected in the postemployment/preretirement liability caption in the table above.

 

In addition, the company executed certain actions prior to 1994, and in 1999 and 2002. The non-current liabilities associated with these actions are reflected in restructuring actions in the following table. The reconciliation of the December 31, 2002 to 2003 balances of the current and non-current liabilities for restructuring actions are presented in the tables on pages 105 and 107. The current liabilities presented in the table are included in Other accrued expenses and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

BALANCE AT
JAN. 1,
2003

 

PAYMENTS

 

OTHER
ADJUST-
MENTS
*

 

BALANCE AT
DEC. 31,
2003

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Workforce

 

$

647

 

$

537

 

$

112

 

$

222

 

Space

 

181

 

229

 

177

 

129

 

Other

 

115

 

90

 

14

 

39

 

Total

 

$

943

 

$

856

 

$

303

 

$

390

 

Non-current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Workforce

 

$

574

 

$

 

$

13

 

$

587

 

Space

 

419

 

 

(137

)

282

 

Other

 

31

 

 

(29

)

2

 

Total

 

$

1,024

 

$

 

$

(153

)

$

871

 

 


*                  The other adjustments column in the table above includes the reclassification of non-current to current and foreign currency translation adjustments. In addition, net adjustments of approximately $106 million were made during the year ended December 31, 2003 to reduce previously recorded liabilities. These adjustments were for differences between the estimated and actual proceeds on the disposition of certain assets and changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations and vacant space for the 2002 actions ($28 million), net adjustments for fourth quarter 2002 actions recorded in purchase accounting ($36 million), HDD-related restructuring in 2002 ($20 million) and actions prior to 1999 ($22 million). Of the $106 million of net adjustments, $36 million was recorded as adjustments to goodwill, $20 million was included in Discontinued Operations (for the HDD-related restructuring actions), with the remainder predominantly included in SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

The workforce accruals primarily relate to the company’s Global Services business. The non-current portion of the liability relates to terminated employees who are no longer working for the company, but who were granted annual payments to supplement their incomes in certain countries. Depending on the individual country’s legal requirements, these required payments will continue until the former employee begins receiving pension benefits or dies. Included in the December 31, 2003 workforce accruals above is $133 million associated with the HDD related restructuring discussed in note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 89 to 92.

 

The space accruals are for ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacant space that could not be sublet or space that was sublet at rates lower than the committed lease arrangement. The length of these obligations varies by lease with the longest extending through 2016.

 

Other accruals are primarily the remaining liabilities (other than workforce or space) associated with the 2002 second quarter actions described in note S, “2002 Actions,” on pages 105 through 107. In addition, there are $7 million of remaining liabilities at December 31, 2003 associated with the HDD-related restructuring discussed in note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 89 to 92.

 

The company employs extensive internal environmental protection programs that primarily are preventive in nature. The company also participates in environmental assessments and cleanups at a number of locations, including operating facilities, previously owned facilities and Superfund sites.

 

The total amounts accrued for environmental liabilities, including amounts classified as current in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, that do not reflect actual

 

99



 

or anticipated insurance recoveries, were $243 million and $247 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Estimated environmental costs are not expected to materially affect the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of the company’s operations in future periods. However, estimates of future costs are subject to change due to protracted cleanup periods and changing environmental remediation regulations.

 

N

 

STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY ACTIVITY

 

In the fourth quarter of 2002, in connection with the PwCC acquisition, IBM issued 3,677,213 shares of restricted stock valued at approximately $254 million and recorded an additional $30 million for stock to be issued in future periods as part of the purchase price consideration paid to the PwCC partners. See note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on pages 89 to 92, for further information regarding this acquisition and related payments made by the company. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2002, in conjunction with the funding of the company’s U.S. pension plan, the company issued an additional 24,037,354 shares of common stock from treasury shares valued at $1,871 million.

 

STOCK REPURCHASES

 

From time to time, the Board of Directors authorizes the company to repurchase IBM common stock. The company repurchased 49,994,514 common shares at a cost of $4,403 million and 48,481,100 common shares at a cost of $4,212 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2003 and 2002, the company issued 2,120,293 and 979,246 treasury shares, respectively, as a result of exercises of stock options by employees of certain recently acquired businesses and by non-U.S. employees. At December 31, 2003, $2,961 million of Board-authorized repurchases remained. The company plans to purchase shares on the open market from time to time, depending on market conditions. The company also repurchased 291,921 common shares at a cost of $24 million and 189,797 common shares at a cost of $18 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, as part of other stock compensation plans.

 

In 1995, the Board of Directors authorized the company to repurchase all of its outstanding Series A 7-1/2 percent callable preferred stock. On May 18, 2001, the company announced it would redeem all outstanding shares of its Series A 7-1/2 percent callable preferred stock, represented by the outstanding depositary shares (10,184,043 shares). The depositary shares represent ownership of one-fourth of a share of preferred stock. Depositary shares were redeemed as of July 3, 2001, the redemption date, for cash at a redemption price of $25 plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date for each depositary share. Accordingly, these shares are no longer outstanding. Dividends on preferred stock, represented by the depositary shares, ceased to accrue on the redemption date.

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS TRUST

 

In 1997, the company created an employee benefits trust to which the company contributed 10 million shares of treasury stock. The company was authorized to instruct the trustee to sell such shares from time to time and to use the proceeds from such sales, and any dividends paid or earnings received on such stock, toward the partial payment of the company’s obligations under certain of its compensation and benefit plans. The shares held in trust were not considered outstanding for earnings per share purposes until they were committed to be released. The company did not commit any shares for release from the trust during its existence nor were any shares sold from the trust. The trust would have expired in 2007. Due to the fact that the company had not used the trust, nor was it expected to need the trust prior to its expiration, the company dissolved the trust, effective May 31, 2001, and all of the shares (20 million on a split-adjusted basis) were returned to the company as treasury shares. Dissolution of the trust did not affect the company’s obligations related to any of its compensation and employee benefit plans or its ability to settle the obligations. In addition, the dissolution is not expected to have any impact on net income. At this time, the company plans to fully meet its obligations for the compensation and benefit plans in the same manner as it does today, using cash from operations.

 

ACCUMULATED GAINS AND (LOSSES) NOT AFFECTING RETAINED EARNINGS *

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

NET
UNREALIZED
GAINS/(LOSSES)
ON CASH FLOW
HEDGE DERIVATIVES

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

MINIMUM
PENSION
LIABILITY
ADJUSTMENT

 

NET
UNREALIZED
GAINS/(LOSSES)
ON MARKETABLE
SECURITIES

 

ACCUMULATED
GAINS/(LOSSES)
NOT AFFECTING
RETAINED
EARNINGS

 

December 31, 2001

 

$

296

 

$

(612

)

$

(526

)

$

14

 

$

(828

)

Change for period

 

(659

)

850

 

(2,765

)

(16

)

(2,590

)

December 31, 2002

 

(363

)

238

 

(3,291

)

(2

)

(3,418

)

Change for period

 

(91

)

1,768

 

(162

)

7

 

1,522

 

December 31, 2003

 

$

(454

)

$

2,006

 

$

(3,453

)

$

5

 

$

(1,896

)

 


*                  net of tax

 

100



 

NET CHANGE IN UNREALIZED GAINS/(LOSSES) ON MARKETABLE SECURITIES (NET OF TAX)

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

4

 

$

(13

)

Less: Net (losses)/gains included in net income for the period

 

(3

)*

3

*

Net change in unrealized gains/(losses) on marketable securities

 

$

7

 

$

(16

)

 


*                  Includes writedowns of $7 million and $36 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

The following table shows the company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2003.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

LESS THAN 12 MONTHS

 

12 MONTHS OR MORE

 

TOTAL

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

FAIR VALUE

 

UNREALIZED
LOSSES

 

FAIR VALUE

 

UNREALIZED
LOSSES

 

FAIR VALUE

 

UNREALIZED
LOSSES

 

U.S. Treasury obligations and direct obligations of U.S. government agencies

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Foreign government bonds

 

 

 

23

 

2

 

23

 

2

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal, debt securities

 

 

 

23

 

2

 

23

 

2

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

 

$

 

$

23

 

$

2

 

$

23

 

$

2

 

 

O

 

CONTINGENCIES AND CO MMITMENTS

 

CONTINGENCIES

 

The company is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including actions with respect to contracts, IP, product liability, employment, securities and environmental matters. The following is a discussion of some of the more significant legal matters involving the company.

 

On July 31, 2003, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Illinois, in Cooper et al. vs. The IBM Personal Pension Plan and IBM Corporation, held that IBM’s pension plan violated the age discrimination provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). The plaintiffs filed a claim for remedial relief. IBM filed its own brief on remedies, arguing that the remedies requested by the plaintiffs were unsupportable factually and as a matter of law and estimating that remedies under plaintiffs’ theories could amount to at least $6.5 billion, as of the date of the trial District Court’s decision on liability. The company intends to appeal the District Court’s rulings when the remedies phase concludes. The company believes it is likely to be successful on appeal with respect to the claims that have been decided by the District Court. Given IBM’s belief in the merit of its defenses and the wide range of possible remedies, no provision has been recorded under SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”, at this time. The company will review whether a provision is appropriate under SFAS No. 5 upon conclusion of the remedies phase.

 

The company is a defendant and/or third-party defendant in a number of cases in which claims have been brought by current and former employees, independent contractors, estate representatives, offspring and relatives of employees seeking damages for wrongful death and personal injuries allegedly caused by exposure to chemicals in various of the company’s facilities from 1964 to the present. As of year end, the cases of two former employee plaintiffs were being tried in state court in Santa Clara County, California. The company expects another trial, in state court in Westchester County, New York, in 2004.

 

The company is a defendant in an action brought by Compuware in the District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan in 2002, asserting causes of action for copyright infringement, trade secret misappropriation, Sherman Act and Lanham Act violations, breach of contract, tortious interference and unfair competition under various state statutes. IBM has asserted counterclaims for copyright infringement, unfair competition, and patent infringement. In March 2003, Compuware moved for Preliminary Injunction on all but its antitrust claims and in December 2003, the Court denied that motion. Trial is scheduled for September 2004.

 

The company is a defendant in an action filed on March 6, 2003 in state court in Salt Lake City, Utah by the SCO Group. The company removed the case to Federal Court in Utah. Plaintiff is successor in interest to some of AT&T’s UNIX IP rights, and alleges misappropriation of trade secrets, unfair competition, interference with contract and

 

101



 

breach of contract with regard to the company’s contribution of unspecified code to Linux. The company has asserted counterclaims, including breach of contract, violation of the Lanham Act, unfair competition, intentional torts, unfair and deceptive trade practices, breach of the General Public License that governs open source distributions, patent infringement, promissory estoppel and copyright infringement. Trial is scheduled for April 2005.

 

On June 2, 2003 the company announced that it received notice of a formal, nonpublic investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC is seeking information relating to revenue recognition in 2000 and 2001 primarily concerning certain types of client transactions. IBM believes that the investigation arises from a separate investigation by the SEC of Dollar General Corporation, a client of IBM’s Retail Stores Solutions unit, which markets and sells point of sale products.

 

On January 8, 2004, IBM announced that it received a “Wells Notice” from the staff of the SEC in connection with the staff’s investigation of Dollar General Corporation, which as noted above, is a client of IBM’s Retail Stores Solutions unit. It is IBM’s understanding that an employee in IBM’s Sales & Distribution unit also received a Wells Notice from the SEC in connection with this matter. The Wells Notice notifies IBM that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil action against IBM for possible violations of the U.S. securities laws relating to Dollar General’s accounting for a specific transaction, by participating in and aiding and abetting Dollar General’s misstatement of its 2000 results. In that transaction, IBM paid Dollar General $11 million for certain used equipment as part of a sale of IBM replacement equipment in Dollar General’s 2000 fourth fiscal quarter. Under the SEC’s procedures, IBM responded to the SEC staff regarding whether any action should be brought against IBM by the SEC. The separate SEC investigation noted above, relating to the recognition of revenue by IBM in 2000 and 2001 primarily concerning certain types of client transactions, is not the subject of this Wells Notice.

 

In January 2004, the Seoul District Prosecutors Office in South Korea announced it had brought criminal bid rigging charges against several companies, including IBM Korea and LG IBM (a joint venture between IBM Korea and LG Electronics) and had also charged employees of some of those entities with, among other things, bribery of certain officials of government-controlled entities in Korea, and bid rigging. In addition, the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC have both contacted the company in connection with this matter.

 

In accordance with SFAS No.5, the company records a provision with respect to a claim, suit, investigation or proceeding when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can reasonably be estimated. Any provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and are adjusted to reflect the impact and status of settlements, rulings, advice of counsel and other information pertinent to a particular matter. Any recorded liabilities for the above items, including any changes to such liabilities during each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, were not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on its experience, the company believes that the damage amounts claimed in the matters referred to above are not a meaningful indicator of the company’s potential liability.

 

Litigation is inherently uncertain and it is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of the matters discussed above. While the company will continue to defend itself vigorously in all such matters, it is possible that the company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, could be affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these matters. Whether any losses, damages or remedies finally determined in any such claim, suit, investigation or proceeding could reasonably have a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will depend on a number of variables, including the timing and amount of such losses or damages, the structure and type of any such remedies, the significance of the impact any such losses, damages or remedies may have on IBM’s Consolidated Financial Statements, and the unique facts and circumstances of the particular matter which may give rise to additional factors, such as, among other things, in the Cooper case referred to on page 101, the amount of any additional obligations that may be imposed on the pension plan by the remedies finally determined, whether such additional obligations would require additional contributions by the company and the size of any such additional contributions.

 

COMMITMENTS

 

The company’s extended lines of credit include unused amounts of $2,208 million and $3,482 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. A portion of these amounts was available to the company’s business partners to support their working capital needs. In addition, the company committed to provide future financing to its clients in connection with client purchase agreements for approximately $263 million and $288 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

The company has applied the disclosure provisions of FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These disclosure provisions expand those required by SFAS No. 5, by requiring a guarantor to disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the guarantor’s performance is remote. The following is a description of arrangements in which the company is the guarantor.

 

102



 

The company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the company, under which the company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants related to such matters as title to assets sold, certain IP rights, specified environmental matters, and certain income taxes. In each of these circumstances, payment by the company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the company’s obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, the company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the company.

 

It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the company under these agreements did not have a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. The company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, such loss should not have a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

In addition, the company guarantees certain loans and financial commitments. The maximum potential future payment under these financial guarantees was $74 million and $126 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These amounts include the limited guarantee associated with the company’s loans receivable securitization program. See note J, “Sale and Securitization of Receivables,” on page 95.

 

Changes in the company’s warranty liability balance are illustrated in the following table.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

614

 

$

520

 

Current period accruals

 

971

 

863

 

Accrual adjustments to reflect actual experience

 

65

 

121

 

Charges incurred

 

(870

)

(890

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

780

 

$

614

 

 

Accrual adjustments in 2002 principally reflect a significant increase in the failure rates of HDD components in the company’s Server and Storage products as a result of product transitions.

 

P

 

TAXES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. operations

 

$

4,611

 

$

3,838

 

$

5,644

 

Non-U.S. operations

 

6,263

 

3,686

 

5,806

 

Total income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

10,874

 

$

7,524

 

$

11,450

 

 

The continuing operations provision for income taxes by geographic operations is as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

U.S. operations

 

$

1,234

 

$

934

 

$

1,543

 

Non-U.S. operations

 

2,027

 

1,256

 

1,761

 

Total continuing operations provision for income taxes

 

$

3,261

 

$

2,190

 

$

3,304

 

 

The components of the continuing operations provision for income taxes by taxing jurisdiction are as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

U.S. federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

234

 

$

287

 

$

434

 

Deferred

 

339

 

(3

)

333

 

 

 

573

 

284

 

767

 

U.S. state and local:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

46

 

184

 

73

 

Deferred

 

183

 

3

 

155

 

 

 

229

 

187

 

228

 

Non-U.S.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

1,855

 

1,786

 

2,133

 

Deferred

 

604

 

(67

)

176

 

 

 

2,459

 

1,719

 

2,309

 

Total continuing operations provision for income taxes

 

3,261

 

2,190

 

3,304

 

Provision for social security, real estate, personal property and other taxes

 

3,277

 

2,789

 

2,730

 

Total continuing operations provision for taxes

 

$

6,538

 

$

4,979

 

$

6,034

 

 

103



 

A reconciliation of the company’s continuing operations effective tax rate to the statutory U.S. federal tax rate is as follows:

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Statutory rate

 

35

%

35

%

35

%

Foreign tax differential

 

(5

)

(7

)

(6

)

State and local

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Other

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

Effective rate

 

30

%

29

%

29

%

 

The effect of tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities did not have a significant effect on the company’s effective tax rate.

 

The significant components of activities that gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities that are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position were as follows:

 

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

Retirement benefits

 

$

3,566

 

$

3,587

 

Capitalized research and development

 

1,907

 

2,251

 

Alternative minimum tax credits

 

1,344

 

1,316

 

Bad debt, inventory and warranty reserves

 

1,092

 

992

 

Employee benefits

 

1,021

 

1,069

 

General business credits

 

884

 

798

 

Deferred income

 

598

 

733

 

Infrastructure reduction charges

 

440

 

560

 

Foreign tax loss carryforwards

 

311

 

304

 

State and local tax loss carryforwards

 

205

 

239

 

Capital loss carryforwards

 

195

 

 

Other

 

2,253

 

2,474

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

13,816

 

14,323

 

Less: Valuation allowance

 

722

 

628

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

13,094

 

$

13,695

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002 *

 

Retirement benefits

 

$

6,644

 

$

5,904

 

Leases

 

693

 

1,088

 

Software development costs

 

285

 

219

 

Other

 

1,188

 

1,308

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

$

8,810

 

$

8,519

 

 


*                  Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2003, principally applies to certain foreign, state and local, and capital loss carryforwards that, in the opinion of management, are more likely than not to expire before the company can use them.

 

For tax return purposes, the company has available tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2,228 million, of which $1,344 million have an indefinite carryforward period and the remainder begin to expire in 2005. The company also has foreign, state and local, and capital loss carryforwards, the tax effect of which is $711 million. Most of these carryforwards are available for five years or have an indefinite carryforward period.

 

During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the years 1998 through 2000. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the company believes that adequate amounts of tax have been provided for any adjustments that are expected to result for these years. The resolution of this audit will likely result in the reduction of existing tax credit carryforwards rather than a significant cash payment.

 

Undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries included in consolidated retained earnings were $18,120 million at December 31, 2003, and $16,631 million at December 31, 2002. These earnings, which reflect full provision for non-U.S. income taxes, are indefinitely reinvested in non-U.S. operations or will be remitted substantially free of additional tax.

 

Q

 

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL EXPENSE

 

Advertising and promotional expense, which includes media, agency and promotional expense, was $1,406 million, $1,427 million and $1,615 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, and is recorded in SG&A expense.

 

R

 

RESEARCH , DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

 

RD&E expense was $5,077 million in 2003, $4,750 million in 2002 and $4,986 million in 2001.

 

The company incurred expense of $4,609 million in 2003, $4,247 million in 2002 and $4,321 million in 2001 for scientific research and the application of scientific advances to the development of new and improved products and their uses as well as services and their application. Of these amounts, software-related expense was $2,300 million, $1,974 million and $1,926 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Included in the expense was a charge of $9 million and $4 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, for acquired in-process R&D. There was no in-process R&D expense recorded in 2001.

 

Expense for product-related engineering was $468 million, $503 million and $665 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

104



 

S

 

2002 ACTIONS

 

SECOND QUARTER ACTIONS

 

During the second quarter of 2002, the company executed several actions in its Microelectronics Division. The Microelectronics Division is within the company’s Technology Group segment. These actions were the result of the company’s announced intentions to refocus and direct its Microelectronics business to the high-end foundry, Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs) and standard products, while creating a technology services business. A major part of the actions related to a significant reduction in the company’s manufacturing capacity for aluminum technology.

 

In addition, the company rebalanced both its workforce and its leased space resources primarily in response to the decline in corporate spending on technology services in 2001 and 2002.

 

The following table summarizes the significant components of these actions.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

PRE-TAX CHARGES

 

WRITE-OFF OF ASSETS

 

LIABILITY RECORDED IN 2ND QTR.2002

 

PAYMENTS

 

OTHER ADJUST- MENTS +

 

LIABILITY AS OF DEC. 31, 2002

 

PAYMENTS

 

OTHER ADJUST MENTS ++

 

LIABILITY AS OF DEC. 31, 2003

Microelectronics:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery/equipment:

 

$

423

 

$

323

(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

$

67

 

$

38

 

$

13

 

$

42

 

$

39

 

$

13

 

$

16

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

33

(b)

 

(16

)

17

 

 

(15

)

2

Noncancelable purchase commitments:

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

35

(c)

15

 

4

 

24

 

24

 

15

 

15

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

25

(c)

 

(12

)

13

 

 

(13

)

Employee terminations:

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

44

(d)

35

 

(8

)

1

 

1

 

 

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

1

(d)

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Vacant space:

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

5

(e)

1

 

1

 

5

 

5

 

3

 

3

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

6

(e)

 

(1

)

5

 

 

(2

)

3

Sale of Endicott facility *

 

223

 

221

(f)

2

(f)

3

 

11

 

10

 

6

 

(3

)

1

Sale of certain operations *

 

63

 

53

(g)

10

(g)

9

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

Global Services and other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee terminations:

 

722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

671

(h)

505

 

(23

)

143

 

109

 

(2

)

32

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

51

(h)

 

27

 

78

 

 

(3

)

75

Vacant space:

 

180

 

29

(i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

57

(i)

29

 

16

 

44

 

72

 

71

 

43

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

94

(i)

 

(8

)

86

 

 

(55

)

31

Total

 

$

1,727

 

$

626

 

$

1,101

 

$

635

 

$

4

 

$

470

 

$

257

 

$

9

 

$

222

 


*                  Recorded in Accounts payable and accruals in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

**           Recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

+                Principally represents currency translation adjustments and reclassification of non-current to current. In addition, net adjustments of $(40) million were recorded in SG&A expense in the fourth quarter of 2002 to reduce previously recorded liabilities and $10 million was recorded in Other (income) and expense to increase previously recorded liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2002. These adjustments, along with adjustments of $(19) million were recorded in SG&A expense and $9 million were recorded in Other (income) and expense for assets previously written off, were for differences between the estimated and actual proceeds on the disposition of certain assets and changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations.

 

++       Principally represents currency translation adjustments and reclassification of non-current to current. In addition, adjustments of $(26) million were recorded in SG&A expense in 2003 to reduce previously recorded liabilities and $4 million was recorded in Other (income) and expense to increase previously recorded liabilities. These adjustments, along with adjustments of $(7) million were recorded in SG&A expense and $(2) million were recorded in Other (income) and expense for assets previously written off, were primarily for differences between the estimated and actual proceeds on the disposition of certain assets as well as changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations and in vacant space accrual estimates.

 

105



 

(a)           This amount was recorded in SG&A expense in 2002 and primarily represents the abandonment and loss on sale of certain capital assets during the second quarter of 2002.

 

(b)   This amount comprises costs incurred to remove abandoned capital assets and the remaining lease payments for leased equipment that was abandoned in the second quarter of 2002.The liability at December 31,2003 relates to the remaining lease payments,which will continue through 2005.These amounts were recorded in SG&A expense in 2002.

 

(c)   The company is subject to certain noncancelable purchase commitments.As a result of the decision to significantly reduce aluminum capacity,the company no longer has a need for certain materials subject to these agreements. The required future payments for materials no longer needed under these contracts are expected to be paid through June 30,2004.This amount was recorded in SG&A expense in 2002.

 

(d)          The workforce reductions represent 1,400 people, all of whom left the company as of June 30, 2003. This amount was recorded in SG&A expense in 2002. The remaining liability relates to terminated employees who were granted annual payments to supplement their income in certain countries. Depending on individual country legal requirements, these required payments will continue until the former employee begins receiving pension benefits or dies.

 

(e)           The space accruals are for ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacant space that could not be sublet or space that was sublet at rates lower than the committed lease arrangements. The length of these obligations varies by lease with the longest extending through 2006. These amounts were recorded in Other (income) and expense in 2002.

 

(f)             As part of the company’s strategic realignment of its Microelectronics business to exit the manufacture and sale of certain products and component technologies, the company signed an agreement in the second quarter of 2002 to sell its interconnect products operations in Endicott to Endicott Interconnect Technologies, Inc. (EIT). As a result of this transaction, the company incurred a $223 million loss on sale, primarily relating to land, buildings, machinery and equipment. This loss was recorded in Other (income) and expense in 2002. This transaction closed in the fourth quarter of 2002. The company entered into a limited supply agreement with EIT for future products, and it will also lease back, at fair market value rental rates, approximately one-third of the Endicott campus’ square footage for operations outside the interconnect OEM business.

 

(g)          As part of the strategic realignment of the company’s Microelectronics business, the company agreed to sell certain assets and liabilities comprising its Mylex business to LSI Logic Corporation and the company sold part of its wireless phone chipset operations to TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc. in June 2002. The Mylex transaction was completed in August 2002. The loss of $74 million for the Mylex transaction and the realized gain of $11 million for the chipset sale were recorded in Other (income) and expense in 2002.

 

(h)          The majority of the workforce reductions relate to the company’s Global Services business. The workforce reductions represent 14,213 people, all of whom left the company as of June 30, 2003. See (c) above for information on the remaining liability. These charges were recorded in SG&A expense in 2002.

 

(i)              The space accruals are for ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacant space that could not be sublet or space that was sublet at rates lower than the committed lease arrangements. This space relates primarily to workforce dynamics in the Global Services business and the downturn in corporate technology spending on services. The length of these obligations varies by lease with the longest extending through 2016. These amounts were recorded in Other (income) and expense in 2002.

 

106



 

FOURTH QUARTER ACTIONS

 

During the fourth quarter of 2002, the company executed several actions related to the company’s acquisition of PwCC. Specifically, the company rebalanced both its workforce and its leased space resources. The following table summarizes the significant components of these actions.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

RECORDED IN THE CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF EARNINGS

 

RECORDED IN
PURCHASE
ACCOUNTING
(SEE NOTE C)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL
PRE-TAX
CHARGES

 

SALE OR
WRITE-OFF
OF ASSETS

 

LIABILITY
RECORDED
IN 4TH QTR.

 

LIABILITY
RECORDED
IN 4TH QTR.

 

TOTAL
LIABILITY
RECORDED
IN 4TH QTR.

 

PAYMENTS

 

OTHER
ADJUSTMENTS
+

 

LIABILITY
AS OF
DEC. 31, 2002

 

Workforce:

 

$

305

(a)

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

$

248

 

$

48

(a)

$

296

 

$

16

 

$

(2

)

$

278

 

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

57

(a)

 

57

 

 

 

57

 

Vacant space:

 

17

(b)

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

62

(b)

68

 

1

 

 

67

 

Non-current **

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

173

(b)

180

 

 

 

180

 

Total

 

$

322

 

$

4

 

$

318

 

$

283

 

$

601

 

$

17

 

$

(2

)

$

582

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

TOTAL
LIABILITY
AS OF
DEC. 31,
2002

 

PAYMENTS

 

OTHER
ADJUSTMENTS
++

 

LIABILITY
AS OF
DEC. 31,
2003

 

Workforce:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

$

278

 

$

246

 

$

6

 

$

38

 

Non-current **

 

57

 

 

22

 

79

 

Vacant space:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current *

 

67

 

64

 

37

 

40

 

Non-current **

 

180

 

 

(47

)

133

 

Total

 

$

582

 

$

310

 

$

18

 

$

290

 

 


*                  Recorded in Accounts payable and accruals in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

**           Recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

+                Principally represents currency translation adjustments.

++       Principally represents currency translation adjustments and reclassifications between current and non-current. In addition, net adjustments of $(6) million were recorded in SG&A expense in 2003 to reduce previously recorded liabilities. These adjustments were for changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations. There were also net adjustments in 2003 to reduce goodwill and previously recorded liabilities of $36 million for changes in the estimated cost of employee terminations and vacant space relating to people and space acquired from PwC.

 

(a)   The majority of the workforce reductions relate to the company’s Global Services business. The workforce reductions represent 3,541 people all of whom left the company as of December 31,2003.The non-current workforce accrual relates to terminated employees in certain countries outside the U.S., for whom the company is required to make annual payments to supplement their incomes. Depending on individual country legal requirements, these required payments will continue until the former employee begins receiving pension benefits or dies. These charges ($305 million in the table above) were included in SG&A expense. The workplace reductions also affected 1,203 acquired PwCC employees all of whom left the company as of December 31,2003 ($48 million in the table above).These costs were included as part of the liabilities assumed for purchase accounting in 2002.

 

(b)   The majority of the space accruals are for ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacant space of PwCC that could not be sublet or space that was sublet at rates lower than the committed lease arrangements. The length of these obligations varies by lease with the longest extending through 2012.The charges related to IBM space ($17 million) were included in Other (income) and expense in 2002. The costs related to acquired PwCC space are included as part of the liabilities assumed for purchase accounting in 2002 ($235 million in the first table above comprise $62 million current and $173 million non-current).

 

107



 

T

 

EARNING S PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock.

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Weighted-average number of shares on which earnings per share calculations are based:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1,721,588,628

 

1,703,244,345

 

1,733,348,422

 

Add—incremental shares under stock compensation plans

 

29,399,287

 

24,807,025

 

36,595,476

 

Add—incremental shares associated with convertible notes

 

4,695,956

 

1,191,136

 

 

Add—incremental shares associated with contingently issuable shares

 

406,818

 

1,698,548

 

1,277,222

 

Add—incremental shares associated with put options *

 

 

 

9,479

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,756,090,689

 

1,730,941,054

 

1,771,230,599

 

 

(dollars in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to common stockholders

 

$

7,613

 

$

5,334

 

$

8,136

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

30

 

1,755

 

423

 

Net income from total operations on which basic earnings per share is calculated

 

$

7,583

 

$

3,579

 

$

7,713

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to common stockholders

 

$

7,613

 

$

5,334

 

$

8,136

 

Add—income effect of contingently issuable shares

 

2

 

(18

)

(4

)

Income from continuing operations on which diluted earnings per share is calculated

 

7,615

 

5,316

 

8,132

 

Loss from discontinued operations on which basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated

 

30

 

1,755

 

423

 

Net income from total operations on which diluted earnings per share is calculated

 

$

7,585

 

$

3,561

 

$

7,709

 

Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

4.34

 

$

3.07

 

$

4.59

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.02

)

(1.01

)

(0.24

)

Total

 

$

4.32

 

$

2.06

 

$

4.35

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

4.42

 

$

3.13

 

$

4.69

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.02

)

(1.03

)

(0.24

)

Total

 

$

4.40

 

$

2.10

 

$

4.45

 

 


*                  Represents short-term put option contracts sold by the company on a limited basis through private placements with independent third parties to reduce the cost of the share buy-back program. The put option contracts that were executed permitted net share settlement at the company’s option and did not result in a put option liability in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company did not have any put option obligations outstanding.

 

Stock options to purchase 124,840,510 common shares in 2003, 111,713,072 common shares in 2002 and 67,596,737 common shares in 2001 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the options was greater than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would have been antidilutive. Net income applicable to common stockholders excludes preferred stock dividends of $10 million in 2001.

 

108



 

U

 

RENTAL EXPENSE AND LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

Rental expense from continuing operations, including amounts charged to inventories and fixed assets, and excluding amounts previously reserved, was $1,419 million in 2003, $1,377 million in 2002 and $1,324 million in 2001. The table below depicts gross minimum rental commitments from continuing operations under noncancelable leases, amounts related to vacant space associated with infrastructure reduction and restructuring actions taken through 1993, and in 1999 and 2002 (previously reserved), and sublease income commitments. These amounts reflect activities primarily related to office space as well as manufacturing equipment.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

BEYOND 2008

 

Gross minimum rental commitments (including vacant space below)

 

$

1,401

 

$

1,127

 

$

951

 

$

832

 

$

701

 

$

1,402

 

Vacant space

 

149

 

116

 

72

 

78

 

35

 

58

 

Sublease income commitments

 

(53

)

(47

)

(32

)

(31

)

(27

)

(21

)

 

V

 

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

The following is a description of the terms of the company’s stock-based compensation plans:

 

INCENTIVE PLANS

 

Incentive awards are provided to employees and members of the Board of Directors under the terms of the company’s plans (the Plans). Employee awards are administered by the Executive Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the Committee). The Committee determines the type and terms of the awards to be granted to employees, including vesting provisions.

 

Awards under the Plans may include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, cash or stock awards, or any combination thereof. The amount of shares authorized to be issued under the company’s existing Plans is 274.1 million at December 31, 2003. Certain incentive awards granted under previous plans, if and when those awards are cancelled, can be reissued under the company’s existing Plans. As such, 40.5 million additional awards are considered authorized to be issued under the company’s Plans as of December 31, 2003. There were 87.1 million option awards outstanding under previous plans included in the total number of shares under option at December 31, 2003. There were 148.1 million and 183.3 million unused shares available to be granted under the Plans as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Awards under the Plans resulted in compensation expense of $117 million, $183 million and $170 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Stock Option Grants

 

Stock options are granted to employees and directors at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the company’s stock at the date of grant. Generally, options vest 25 percent per year, are fully vested four years from the grant date and have a term of ten years. The following tables summarize option activity under the Plans during 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

WTD. AVG.
EXERCISE
PRICE

 

NUMBER
OF SHARES
UNDER OPTION

 

WTD. AVG.
EXERCISE
PRICE

 

NUMBER
OF SHARES
UNDER OPTION

 

WTD. AVG.
EXERCISE
PRICE

 

NUMBER
OF SHARES
UNDER OPTION

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

84

 

222,936,700

 

$

85

 

177,956,490

 

$

73

 

160,557,003

 

Options granted

 

83

 

41,275,832

 

77

 

59,966,106

 

110

 

43,410,364

 

Options exercised

 

40

 

(11,205,228

)

33

 

(7,490,424

)

37

 

(20,354,701

)

Options canceled/expired

 

100

 

(8,041,252

)

103

 

(7,495,472

)

100

 

(5,656,176

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

86

 

244,966,052

 

$

84

 

222,936,700

 

$

85

 

177,956,490

 

Exercisable at December 31

 

$

85

 

134,735,326

 

$

75

 

108,347,895

 

$

62

 

80,773,980

 

 

109



 

The shares under option at December 31, 2003, were in the following exercise price ranges:

 

 

 

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING

 

OPTIONS CURRENTLY EXERCISABLE

 

EXERCISE PRICE RANGE

 

WTD. AVG.
EXERCISE
PRICE

 

NUMBER
OF SHARES
UNDER OPTION

 

WTD. AVG.
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE (IN YEARS)

 

WTD. AVG.
EXERCISE
PRICE

 

NUMBER
OF SHARES
UNDER OPTION

 

$13 – $60

 

$

45

 

58,085,692

 

5

 

$

42

 

46,673,075

 

$61 – $85

 

77

 

59,168,633

 

9

 

71

 

7,482,142

 

$86 – $105

 

98

 

58,170,230

 

7

 

97

 

29,229,856

 

$106 and over

 

117

 

69,541,497

 

7

 

119

 

51,350,253

 

 

 

$

86

 

244,966,052

 

7

 

$

85

 

134,735,326

 

 

In connection with various acquisition transactions, there are an additional 3.5 million options outstanding at December 31, 2003, as a result of the company’s assumption of options granted by the acquired entities. The weighted-average exercise price of these options is $90.

 

IBM EMPLOYEES STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

In July 2003, the IBM 2003 ESPP became effective and 50 million additional shares of authorized common stock were reserved and approved for issuance. The ESPP enables substantially all regular employees to purchase full or fractional shares of IBM common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10 percent of eligible compensation. The 2003 ESPP provides for semi-annual offerings commencing July 1, 2003, and continuing as long as shares remain available under the ESPP, unless terminated earlier at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The share price paid by an employee equals the lesser of 85 percent of the average market price on the first business day of each offering period or 85 percent of the average market price on the last business day of each pay period. Individual ESPP participants are restricted from purchasing more than $25,000 of common stock in one calendar year or 1,000 shares in an offering period. Approximately 44.2 million, 4.6 million and 16.5 million reserved unissued shares were available for purchase under the 2003 ESPP (or a predecessor plan) at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

PRO FORMA DISCLOSURE

 

See “Stock-Based Compensation” on pages 82 and 83, in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” for the pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share required under SFAS No. 123.

 

W

 

RETIREMENT-RELATED BENEFITS

 

IBM offers defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension plans, as well as nonpension postretirement plans primarily consisting of retiree medical benefits. These benefits form an important part of the company’s total compensation and benefits program that is designed to attract and retain highly skilled and talented employees. The following table provides the total retirement-related benefit plans’ impact on income before income taxes.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

U.S.

 

NON-U.S.

 

TOTAL

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Total retirement-related plans — cost/(income)

 

$

67

 

$

(154

)

$

(256

)

$

295

 

$

(17

)

$

(181

)

$

362

 

$

(171

)*

$

(437

)*

Comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit and contribution pension plans — (income)/cost

 

$

(227

)

$

(478

)

$

(632

)

$

254

 

$

(46

)

$

(209

)

$

27

 

$

(524

)

$

(841

)

Nonpension postretirement benefits — cost

 

294

 

324

 

376

 

41

 

29

 

28

 

335

 

353

 

404

 

 


*                  Includes amounts for discontinued operations costs of $77 million and $56 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

110



 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

 

Defined Benefit Pension and Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The company accounts for its defined benefit pension plans and its nonpension postretirement benefit plans using actuarial models required by SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” respectively. These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the average service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of “events ” are plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, rate of compensation increases and mortality.The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively smooth basis and therefore, the income statement effects of pensions or nonpension postretirement benefit plans are earned in, and should follow, the same pattern. Stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

One of the principal components of the net periodic pension cost/(income) calculation is the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. The required use of expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns and therefore result in a pattern of income and expense recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by the employees. Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the calculation of net periodic pension cost/(income) over five years as provided for in the accounting rules.

 

These expected returns on plan assets are developed in conjunction with external advisors, and take into account long-term expectations for future returns and investment strategy. Amounts are tested for reasonableness against their historical averages, usually over a ten year period.

 

The discount rate assumptions used for pension and nonpension postretirement benefit plan accounting reflect the prevailing rates available on high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments. The rate of compensation increase is another significant assumption used in the actuarial model for pension accounting and is determined by the company, based upon its long-term plans for such increases. For retiree medical plan accounting, the company reviews external data and its own historical trends for health care costs to determine the health care cost trend rates.

 

As required by SFAS No. 87, for instances in which pension plan assets are less than the accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) as of the end of the reporting period (defined as an unfunded ABO position), a minimum liability equal to this difference is established in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The ABO is the present value of the actuarially determined company obligation for pension payments assuming no further salary increases for the employees. The offset to the minimum liability is a charge to equity, net of tax. In addition, any prepaid pension asset in excess of unrecognized prior service cost must be reversed through a net-of-tax charge to equity.  The charge to equity is included in the Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings section of Stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

The company uses a December 31 measurement date for the majority of its pension plans.

 

Defined Contribution Pension Plans

 

The company records pension expense for defined contribution plans when the employee renders service to the company, essentially coinciding with the cash contributions to the plans.

 

DEFINED BENEFIT AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

 

The company and its subsidiaries have defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all regular employees, and supplemental retirement plans that cover certain executives.

 

U.S. Plans

 

IBM Personal Pension Plan (PPP) – IBM provides U.S. regular, full-time and part-time employees with noncontributory defined benefit pension benefits (PPP). The PPP comprises a tax qualified plan and a non-qualified plan. The qualified plan is funded by company contributions to an irrevocable trust fund, which is held for the sole benefit of participants. The non-qualified plan, which provides benefits in excess of IRS limitations for qualified plans, is unfunded.

 

The number of individuals receiving benefits from the PPP at December 31, 2003 and 2002, was 136,302 and 136,365, respectively. The pre-tax net periodic pension income for the qualified plan for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $(692) million, $(917) million and $(1,086) million, respectively. The pre-tax net periodic pension cost for the non-qualified plan was $107 million, $106 million and $118 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The costs of the non-qualified plan are reflected in Cost of other defined benefit plans on page 112.

 

The funded status reconciliation for the qualified plan is on page 113. The benefit obligation of the non-qualified plan was $1,068 million and $940 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and the amounts included in Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2003 and 2002, were liabilities of $901 million and $798 million, respectively.

 

111



 

 

IBM Savings Plan – U.S. regular, full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate in the IBM Savings Plan, which is a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The company matches 50 percent of the employee’s contribution up to the first 6 percent of the employee’s compensation. All contributions, including the company match, are made in cash, in accordance with the participants’ investment elections. There are no minimum amounts that must be invested in company stock, and there are no restrictions on transferring amounts out of the company's stock to another investment choice. The total of all of the company's U.S. defined contribution plans was $333 million, $315 million and $313 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

U.S. Supplemental Executive Retention Plan The company also has a non-qualified U.S. Supplemental Executive Retention Plan (SERP). The SERP, which is unfunded, provides defined benefit pension benefits in addition to the PPP to eligible executives based on average earnings, years of service and age at retirement. Effective July 1, 1999, the company adopted the SERP (which replaced the previous Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan). Some participants of the prior SERP will still be eligible for benefits under that plan, but will not be eligible for the new plan. The total cost of this plan for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $25 million, $18 million and $23 million, respectively. These amounts are reflected in Cost of other defined benefit plans in the table below. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the benefit obligation was $181 million and $130 million, respectively, and the amounts included in Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2003 and 2002, were liabilities of $186 million and $165 million, respectively.

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Most subsidiaries and branches outside the U.S. have defined benefit and/or defined contribution retirement plans that cover substantially all regular employees, under which the company deposits funds under various fiduciary-type arrangements, purchases annuities under group contracts or provides reserves. Benefits under the defined benefit plans are typically based either on years of service and the employee’s compensation, generally during a fixed number of years immediately before retirement, or on annual credits. The range of assumptions that are used for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans reflects the different economic environments within various countries. The total non-U.S. retirement plan cost/(income) of these plans for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $254 million, $(46) million and $(209) million, respectively.

 

Cost/(Income) of Pension Plans

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

U.S. PLANS *

 

NON-U.S. PLANS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Service cost

 

$

576

 

$

650

 

$

647

 

$

537

 

$

505

 

$

429

 

Interest cost

 

2,518

 

2,591

 

2,560

 

1,477

 

1,270

 

1,214

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(3,703

)

(4,121

)

(4,202

)

(2,228

)

(2,132

)

(2,062

)

Amortization of transition assets

 

(144

)

(144

)

(143

)

(15

)

(12

)

(10

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

61

 

61

 

52

 

17

 

28

 

28

 

Recognized actuarial losses/(gains)

 

 

 

 

101

 

33

 

(12

)

Divestitures/settlement losses/(gains)

 

 

46

 

 

 

26

 

(12

)

Net periodic pension income — U.S. Plan and material non-U.S. Plans

 

(692

)*

(917

)*

(1,086

)*

(111

)

(282

)

(425

)

Cost of other defined benefit plans

 

132

 

124

 

141

 

100

 

58

 

54

 

Total net periodic pension income for all defined benefit plans

 

(560

)

(793

)

(945

)

(11

)

(224

)

(371

)

Cost of defined contribution plans

 

333

 

315

 

313

 

265

 

178

 

162

 

Total retirement plan (income)/cost recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings

 

$

(227

)

$

(478

)

$

(632

)

$

254

 

$

(46

)

$

(209

)


*                  Represents the qualified portion of the PPP.

 

See beginning of note W, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on page 110 for the company’s total retirement-related benefits cost/(income).

 

112



 

The changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets of the qualified portion of the PPP and the significant non-U.S. defined benefit plans for 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

PPP-QUALIFIED PORTION

 

NON-U.S. PLANS

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2003

 

2002

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

38,357

 

$

37,762

 

$

25,699

 

$

21,801

 

Service cost

 

576

 

650

 

537

 

505

 

Interest cost

 

2,518

 

2,591

 

1,477

 

1,270

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

43

 

34

 

Acquisitions/divestitures, net

 

 

32

 

75

 

246

 

Amendments

 

 

18

 

 

(280

)

Actuarial losses

 

3,472

 

47

 

1,167

 

80

 

Benefits paid from trust

 

(2,819

)

(2,743

)

(1,093

)

(866

)

Direct benefit payments

 

 

 

(253

)

(221

)

Foreign exchange impact

 

 

 

4,166

 

3,104

 

Plan curtailments/settlements/termination benefits

 

 

 

57

 

26

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

42,104

 

38,357

 

31,875

 

25,699

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

36,984

 

39,565

 

20,637

 

21,531

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

7,514

 

(3,801

)

2,829

 

(3,135

)

Employer contribution

 

 

3,963

 

542

 

225

 

Acquisitions/divestitures, net

 

 

 

7

 

191

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

43

 

34

 

Benefits paid from trust

 

(2,819

)

(2,743

)

(1,093

)

(866

)

Foreign exchange impact

 

 

 

3,581

 

2,657

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

41,679

 

36,984

 

26,546

 

20,637

 

Fair value of plan assets in excess of benefit obligation

 

(425

)

(1,373

)

(5,329

)

(5,062

)

Unrecognized net actuarial losses

 

11,849

 

12,187

 

10,775

 

8,991

 

Unrecognized prior service costs

 

523

 

584

 

(170

)

(187

)

Unrecognized net transition assets

 

(72

)

(216

)

(26

)

(36

)

Net prepaid pension asset recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

$

11,875

 

$

11,182

 

$

5,250

 

$

3,706

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position captions include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid pension assets

 

$

11,875

 

$

11,182

 

$

6,129

 

$

4,397

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

52

 

54

 

Total prepaid pension assets

 

11,875

 

11,182

 

6,181

 

4,451

 

Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligation

 

 

 

(6,982

)

(5,865

)

Accumulated gains and (losses) not affecting retained earnings

 

 

 

3,888

 

3,277

 

Deferred tax assets (investments and sundry assets)

 

 

 

2,163

 

1,843

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

11,875

 

$

11,182

 

$

5,250

 

$

3,706

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

40,423

 

$

36,738

 

$

30,240

 

$

24,186

 

 

Differences between the aggregate balance sheet amounts listed above (material pension plans) and on page 116 (material nonpension postretirement plan) and the totals listed in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, relate to the non-material plans. The increase in the company’s Prepaid pension asset balance from 2002 to 2003 was primarily due to pension income and foreign exchange impacts. The increase in the company’s Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligation was primarily attributable to the required accounting for the unfunded status of the non-U.S. pension plans as discussed on page 114 as well as accrued pension costs and foreign exchange impacts.

 

113



 

Assumptions used to determine the year-end benefit obligations for principal pension plans follow:

 

 

 

U.S. PLANS

 

NON-U.S. PLANS

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.0

%

6.75

%

7.0

%

3.0–6.0

%

4.25–6.5

%

4.5–7.1

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

4.0

%

4.0

%

6.0

%

1.5–5.0

%

2.2–5.0

%

2.0–6.1

%

 

Assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost/(income) for principal pension plans during the year follow:

 

 

 

U.S. PLANS

 

NON-U.S. PLANS

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Discount rate

 

6.75

%

7.0

%

7.25

%

4.25–6.5

%

4.5–7.1

%

4.5–7.1

%

Expected long-term return on plan assets

 

8.0

%

9.50

%

10.0

%

5.0–8.0

%

5.0–9.25

%

5.0–10.0

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

4.0

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

2.2–5.0

%

2.0–6.1

%

2.6–6.1

%

 

The changes in the Expected long-term return on plan assets in 2003 and 2002 for the PPP decreased net periodic pension income by approximately $715 million and $224 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2001, respectively. The change in the Rate of compensation increase assumption for the PPP increased net periodic pension income by approximately $145 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The changes in the Discount rate assumption since 2001 for the PPP did not have a material impact on net periodic pension income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001.

 

Net changes in assumptions for the material non-U.S. plans had the net impact of decreasing net periodic pension income by approximately $225 million and $200 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2001, respectively.

 

Funded Status for Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

It is the company’s general practice to fund amounts for pensions sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable employee benefits laws and local tax laws, generally up to the ABO level. From time to time, the company contributes additional amounts as it deems appropriate.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2002, the company voluntarily fully funded the qualilfied portion of the PPP, as measured by its ABO, through a total contribution of $3,963 million. The contribution comprised $2,092 million in cash and $1,871 million, or 24,037,354 shares, of IBM common stock. This contribution increased net periodic pension income by approximately $375 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. There was no contribution to the PPP during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

There were contributions of $542 million and $225 million for the material non-U.S. plans during the year ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively.

 

The company, however, decided not to fund certain of the company’s non-U.S. plans that had unfunded positions to the ABO level. As a result and consistent with the accounting rules required by SFAS No. 87 for these “unfunded” positions as described on page 111, the company recorded an additional minimum liability of $560 million and a reduction to stockholders’ equity of $72 million as of December 31, 2003. The differences between these amounts and the amounts included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity relate to the non-material plans. This accounting transaction did not impact 2003 retirement-related plans cost/(income).

 

The company’s Benefit Obligation (BO) for its material plans is disclosed at the top of page 113. BO is calculated similarly to ABO except for the fact that BO includes an estimate for future salary increases. SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88 and 106,” requires that companies disclose the aggregate BO and plan assets of all plans in which the BO exceeds plan assets. Similar disclosure is required for all plans in which the ABO exceeds plan assets. The aggregate BO and plan assets are also disclosed for plans in which the plan assets exceed the BO. The following table excludes the U.S. plans due to the fact that these plans’ BO and plan assets, if any, appear either in the narrative on pages 111 and 112 or the table on page 113.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

BENEFIT
OBLIGATION

 

PLAN
ASSETS

 

BENEFIT
OBLIGATION

 

PLAN
ASSETS

 

Plans with BO in excess of plan assets

 

$

21,101

 

$

12,985

 

$

20,212

 

$

13,132

 

Plans with ABO in excess of plan assets

 

$

19,902

 

$

12,985

 

$

15,978

 

$

10,086

 

Plans with assets in excess of BO

 

$

10,774

 

$

13,561

 

$

5,487

 

$

7,505

 

 

114



 

PLAN ASSETS

 

The company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and target allocation for 2004, by asset category, are as follows:

 

U.S. Plans

 

 

 

PLAN ASSETS
AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2004
TARGET
ALLOCATION

 

ASSET CATEGORY

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

Equity securities *

 

67.5

%

61.9

%

65.0

%

Debt securities

 

29.2

%

34.5

%

31.0

%

Real estate

 

3.3

%

3.6

%

4.0

%

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

PLAN ASSETS
AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2004
TARGET
ALLOCATION

 

 

 

 

 

ASSET CATEGORY

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

Equity securities

 

59.1

%

55.2

%

58.2

%

Debt securities

 

38.5

%

40.9

%

39.6

%

Real estate

 

1.9

%

2.2

%

1.8

%

Other

 

0.5

%

1.7

%

0.4

%

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 


*                  See discussion below regarding certain private market assets, and future funding commitments thereof, that are not as liquid as the rest of the publicly traded securities.

 

The investment objectives of the PPP portfolio of assets (the Fund) are designed to generate returns that will enable the Fund to meet its future obligations. The precise amount for which these obligations will be settled depends on future events, including the life expectancy of the Plan’s members and salary inflation. The obligations are estimated using actuarial assumptions, based on the current economic environment. The strategy balances the requirement to generate return, using higher-returning assets such as equity securities, with the need to control risk in the Fund with less volatile assets, such as fixed income securities. Risks include, among others, the likelihood of the Plans becoming underfunded, thereby increasing their dependence on contributions from the company. Within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographies, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors that affect investment returns.

 

The assets are managed by professional investment firms as well as by investment professionals who are IBM employees. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among managers, consideration is given, among others, to balancing security concentration, issuer concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. Market liquidity risks are tightly controlled, with only a small percentage of the PPP portfolio invested in private market assets consisting of private equities and private real estate investments, which are less liquid than publicly traded securities. The PPP included private market assets comprising approximately 10.5 percent and 11.1 percent of total assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The target allocation for private market assets in 2004 is 10.5 percent. The Fund has $2,465 million in commitments for future private market investments to be made over a number of years from plan assets. These commitments are expected to be fulfilled from plan assets. Derivatives are primarily used to hedge currency, adjust portfolio duration, and reduce specific market risks.

 

Outside the U.S., the investment objectives are similar, subject to local regulations. In some countries, a higher percentage allocation to fixed income securities is required. In others, the responsibility for managing the investments typically lies with a board that may include up to 50 percent of members elected by employees and retirees. This can result in slight differences compared to the strategies described above. Generally, these non-U.S. funds are not permitted to invest in liquid assets, such as private equities, and their use of derivatives is usually limited to passive currency hedging.

 

Equity securities include IBM common stock in the amounts of $2,144 million (5.1 percent of total PPP plan assets at December 31, 2003) and $2,006 million (5.4 percent of total PPP plan assets at December 31, 2002).

 

EXPECTED CONTRIBUTIONS

 

In 2004, the company expects to contribute to its non-U.S. plans in an amount that is equal to or greater than such contributions in 2003 ($542 million). The legally mandated minimum contributions to the company’s non-U.S. plans are expected to be $220 million. Depending upon market conditions, the company may elect to contribute to the qualified portion of the PPP.

 

NONPENSION POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

The total cost of the company’s nonpension postretirement benefits for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $335 million, $353 million and $404 million, respectively. The company has a defined benefit postretirement plan that provides medical and dental benefits as well as life insurance for U.S. retirees and eligible dependents. The total cost of this plan for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $294 million, $324 million and $376 million, respectively. The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets for this plan are presented on page 116. Effective July 1, 1999, the company established a “Future Health Account” (FHA) for employees who were more than five years away from retirement eligibility. Employees who were within five years of retirement eligibility are covered under the company’s prior retiree health benefit arrangements. Under either the FHA or the prior retirees health benefit arrangements, there is a maximum cost to the company for retiree health benefits. For employees who retired before January 1, 1992, that maximum became effective in 2001. For all other employees, the maximum is effective upon retirement. Effective January 1, 2004, the company

 

115



 

amended its postretirement plan to provide that new hires will no longer be eligible for company-subsidized benefits.

 

Certain of the company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries have similar plans for retirees. However, most of the retirees outside the U.S. are covered by government-sponsored and administered programs. The total cost of these plans for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, was $41 million, $29 million and $28 million, respectively. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position include non-U.S. postretirement benefit liabilities of $270 million and $211 million, respectively.

 

The net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the U.S. plan includes the following components:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Service cost

 

$

36

 

$

49

 

$

65

 

Interest cost

 

382

 

421

 

437

 

Amortization of prior service costs

 

(130

)

(147

)

(148

)

Recognized actuarial losses

 

6

 

30

 

22

 

Divestiture

 

 

(29

)

 

Net periodic post-retirement benefit cost

 

$

294

 

$

324

 

$

376

 

 

The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets of the U.S. plan for 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

5,882

 

$

6,148

 

Service cost

 

36

 

49

 

Interest cost

 

382

 

421

 

Actuarial losses/(gains)

 

419

 

(170

)

Direct benefit payments

 

(538

)

(566

)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

6,181

 

5,882

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

10

 

8

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

2

 

Participant contributions

 

153

 

119

 

Benefits paid from trust

 

(149

)

(119

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

14

 

10

 

Benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

 

(6,167

)

(5,872

)

Unrecognized net actuarial losses

 

1,004

 

595

 

Unrecognized prior service costs

 

(363

)

(493

)

Accrued postretirement benefit liability recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

$

(5,526

)

$

(5,770

)

 

The BO was determined by applying the terms of medical, dental and life insurance plans, including the effects of established maximums on covered costs, together with relevant actuarial assumptions.

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE DISCOUNT RATE
ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

The year-end benefit obligation at December 31

 

6.0

%

6.75

%

7.0

%

The net periodic postretirement benefit costs for years ended December 31

 

6.75

%

7.0

%

7.25

%

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the plan assets of $14 million, $10 million and $8 million invested in short-term highly liquid securities, and as a result, the expected long-term return on plan assets and the actual return on those assets were not material for those years.

 

The company evaluates its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and considers changes in these long-term factors based upon market conditions and the requirements of SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions.” The discount rate changes did not have a material effect on net postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

ASSUMED HEALTH CARE COST TREND RATES
AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

8.9

%

10.0

%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

 

4.5

%

4.5

%

Number of years to ultimate trend rate

 

4

 

5

 

 

The health care cost trend rate has an insignificant effect on plan costs and obligations. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects as of December 31, 2003:

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

ONE-PERCENTAGE-
POINT INCREASE

 

ONE-PERCENTAGE-
POINT DECREASE

 

Effect on total service and interest cost

 

$

1

 

$

(1

)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

 

$

6

 

$

(7

)

 

116



 

PLAN ASSETS

 

The company’s nonpension postretirement benefit plan assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are comprised of short-term fixed-income investments.

 

This plan is not funded. The company makes payments from company funds as they become due and also maintains a nominal, highly liquid fund balance to ensure payments are made timely.

 

RECENTLY ENACTED LEGISLATION

 

The Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Act) was signed into law on December 8, 2003. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare Part D) as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a prescription drug benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D.

 

SFAS No. 106, requires presently enacted changes in relevant laws to be considered in current period measurements of postretirement benefit costs and the BO. See page 116 for the BO and cost of the company’s U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan.

 

In accordance with FSP FAS 106-1, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003,” any measures of the BO or net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the Consolidated Financial Statements or accompanying notes do not reflect the effects of the Act on the company’s postretirement health care plan.

 

The method of determining whether a sponsor’s plan will qualify for actuarial equivalency is pending until the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) completes its interpretative work on the Act. Once the interpretative guidance is released by HHS and the FASB releases its authoritative guidance on the appropriate method of accounting for the subsidy, if eligible, the company could be required to account for the subsidy (or a portion thereof) in previously released financial statements. The FASB has not finalized the accounting for the subsidy nor has it determined its transition provisions.

 

X

 

SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

IBM uses business insight and its portfolio of IT capabilities to create client solutions. The company operates primarily in a single industry using several segments that create value by offering solutions that include, either singularly or in some combination, services, software, hardware and financing.

 

Organizationally, the company’s major operations comprise a Global Services segment; a Software segment; three hardware product segments — Systems Group, Personal Systems Group and Technology Group; a Global Financing segment; and an Enterprise Investments segment. The segments are determined based on several factors, including client base, homogeneity of products, technology and delivery channels.

 

Information about each segment’s business and the products and services that generate each segment’s revenue is located in the “Description of Business” section of the Management Discussion on page 48 and pages 55 to 57.

 

In 2003, the company renamed all of its hardware segments without changing the organization of these segments. The Enterprise Systems segment was renamed the Systems Group segment, the Personal and Printing Systems segment was renamed the Personal Systems Group segment and the Technology segment was renamed the Technology Group segment.

 

Due to the 2002 sale of the HDD business as described in note C, “Acquisitions/Divestitures,” on page 92 and consistent with the “Basis of Presentation” discussed in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 80, the income statement and cash flow statement information for the Technology Group segment has been reclassified to exclude or to separate the results of the discontinued HDD business.

 

Segment revenue and pre-tax income include transactions between the segments that are intended to reflect an arm’s-length transfer price. Specifically, semiconductors are sourced internally from the Technology Group segment for use in the manufacture of the Systems Group segment and Personal Systems Group segment products. In addition, hardware and software that are used by the Global Services segment in outsourcing engagements are mostly sourced internally from the Systems Group, Personal Systems Group and Software segments. For the internal use of IT services, the Global Services segment recovers cost, as well as a reasonable fee, reflecting the arm’s-length value of providing the services. The Global Services segment enters into arm’s-length leases at prices equivalent to market rates with the Global Financing segment to facilitate the acquisition of equipment used in services engagements. Generally, all internal transaction prices are reviewed and reset annually, if appropriate.

 

The company uses shared-resources concepts to realize economies of scale and efficient use of resources. Thus, a considerable amount of expense is shared by all of the company’s segments. This expense represents sales coverage, marketing and support functions such as Accounting, Treasury, Procurement, Legal, Human Resources, and Billing and Collections. Where practical, shared expenses are allocated based on measurable drivers of expense, e.g., headcount. When a clear and measurable driver cannot be identified, shared expenses are allocated on a financial basis that is consistent with the company’s management system; e.g., image advertising is allocated based on the gross profit of the segments. The unallocated corporate amounts arising from certain acquisitions, indirect infrastructure reductions,

 

117



 

certain IP income, miscellaneous tax items, pre-divestiture HDD internal activity from continuing operations and the unallocated corporate expense pool are recorded in net income but are not allocated to the segments.

 

Over recent years, the company has been developing and enhancing a “one team” approach to the collaboration between the Systems Group and Technology Group. This relationship is crucial given the core technology of the Systems Group products are a key competitive differentiator for the company. The degree of this collaboration has increased whereby in 2004, the company is managing these groups as one. Accordingly, in the first quarter of 2004, the company combined the two segments into one reporting segment. The new Systems and Technology Group segment will generate one consolidated set of financial results, which senior management will use for joint strategy, budgets, and resource allocation decisions, as well as performance and compensation scoring.

 

The following tables reflect the results of continuing operations of the segments consistent with the company’s management system. These results are not necessarily a depiction that is in conformity with GAAP; e.g., employee retirement plan costs are developed using actuarial assumptions on a country-by-country basis and allocated to the segments based on headcount. Different amounts could result if actuarial assumptions that are unique to the segment were used. Performance measurement is based on income before income taxes (pre-tax income). These results are used, in part, by management, both in evaluating the performance of, and in allocating resources to, each of the segments.

 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SEGMENT VIEW

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

HARDWARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

GLOBAL
SERVICES

 

SYSTEMS
GROUP

 

PERSONAL
SYSTEMS
GROUP

 

TECHNOLOGY
GROUP

 

SOFTWARE

 

GLOBAL
FINANCING

 

ENTERPRISE
INVESTMENTS

 

TOTAL
SEGMENTS

 

2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External revenue

 

$

42,635

 

$

14,002

 

$

11,387

 

$

2,871

 

$

14,311

 

$

2,827

 

$

1,065

 

$

89,098

 

Internal revenue

 

2,837

 

837

 

171

 

805

 

1,613

 

1,300

 

5

 

7,568

 

Total revenue

 

$

45,472

 

$

14,839

 

$

11,558

 

$

3,676

 

$

15,924

 

$

4,127

 

$

1,070

 

$

96,666

 

Pre-tax income/(loss)

 

$

4,499

 

$

2,046

 

$

(118

)

$

(252

)

$

3,808

 

$

1,182

 

$

(252

)

$

10,913

 

Revenue year-to-year change

 

16.0

%

11.5

%

3.3

%

(23.6

)%

11.4

%

(0.4

)%

4.3

%

9.9

%

Pre-tax income year-to-year change

 

23.0

%

31.1

%

(307.0

)%

76.2

%

7.1

%

23.8

%

14.0

%

29.4

%

Pre-tax income margin

 

9.9

%

13.8

%

(1.0

)%

(6.9

)%

23.9

%

28.6

%

(23.6

)%

11.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External revenue

 

$

36,360

 

$

12,646

 

$

11,049

 

$

3,935

 

$

13,074

 

$

3,203

 

$

1,022

 

$

81,289

 

Internal revenue

 

2,854

 

659

 

139

 

877

 

1,225

 

939

 

4

 

6,697

 

Total revenue

 

$

39,214

 

$

13,305

 

$

11,188

 

$

4,812

 

$

14,299

 

$

4,142

 

$

1,026

 

$

87,986

 

Pre-tax income/(loss)

 

$

3,657

 

$

1,561

 

$

57

 

$

(1,057

)

$

3,556

 

$

955

 

$

(293

)

$

8,436

 

Revenue year-to-year change

 

4.3

%

(7.9

)%

(7.2

)%

(27.1

)%

2.7

%

(2.4

)%

(8.6

)%

(2.2

)%

Pre-tax income year-to-year change

 

(29.1

)%

(14.7

)%

137.3

%

(697.2

)%

12.2

%

(16.4

)%

7.6

%

(23.4

)%

Pre-tax income margin

 

9.3

%

11.7

%

0.5

%

(22.0

)%

24.9

%

23.1

%

(28.6

)%

9.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External revenue

 

$

34,956

 

$

13,743

 

$

11,982

 

$

5,149

 

$

12,939

 

$

3,407

 

$

1,118

 

$

83,294

 

Internal revenue

 

2,647

 

710

 

73

 

1,451

 

981

 

836

 

4

 

6,702

 

Total revenue

 

$

37,603

 

$

14,453

 

$

12,055

 

$

6,600

 

$

13,920

 

$

4,243

 

$

1,122

 

$

89,996

 

Pre-tax income/(loss)

 

$

5,161

 

$

1,830

 

$

(153

)

$

177

 

$

3,168

 

$

1,143

 

$

(317

)

$

11,009

 

Revenue year-to-year change

 

5.7

%

(2.6

)%

(20.5

)%

(8.0

)%

3.7

%

(4.5

)%

(18.2

)%

(2.2

)%

Pre-tax income year-to-year change

 

14.3

%

(4.8

)%

(251.5

)%

(74.6

)%

13.4

%

(2.8

)%

(6.7

)%

0.9

%

Pre-tax income margin

 

13.7

%

12.7

%

(1.3

)%

2.7

%

22.8

%

26.9

%

(28.3

)%

12.2

%

 

118



 

Reconciliations to IBM as Reported

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

 

$

96,666

 

$

87,986

 

$

89,996

 

Other revenue and adjustments

 

33

 

(103

)

(227

)

Elimination of internal revenue

 

(7,568

)

(6,697

)

(6,702

)

Total IBM consolidated

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

$

83,067

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Pre-Tax Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

 

$

10,913

 

$

8,436

 

$

11,009

 

Elimination of internal transactions

 

(55

)

(164

)

108

 

Unallocated corporate amounts

 

16

 

(748

)

333

 

Total IBM consolidated

 

$

10,874

 

$

7,524

 

$

11,450

 

 

IMMATERIAL ITEMS

 

Investment in Equity Alliances and Equity Alliances Gains/(Losses )

 

The investments in equity alliances and the resulting gains and (losses) from these investments that are attributable to the segments do not have a material effect on the financial position or the financial results of the segments.

 

SEGMENT ASSETS AND OTHER ITEMS

 

The Global Services assets primarily are accounts receivable, goodwill, maintenance inventory, and plant, property and equipment including those associated with the segment’s outsourcing business. The Software segment assets mainly are goodwill, plant, property and equipment, and investment in capitalized software. The assets of the Hardware segments primarily are inventory and plant, property and equipment. The assets of the Global Financing segment are primarily financing receivables and fixed assets under operating leases.

 

To accomplish the efficient use of the company’s space and equipment, it usually is necessary for several segments to share plant, property and equipment assets. Where assets are shared, landlord ownership of the assets is assigned to one segment and is not allocated to each user segment. This is consistent with the company’s management system and is reflected accordingly in the schedule on page 120. In those cases, there will not be a precise correlation between segment pre-tax income and segment assets.

 

Similarly, the depreciation amounts reported by each segment are based on the assigned landlord ownership and may not be consistent with the amounts that are included in the segments’ pre-tax income. The amounts that are included in pre-tax income reflect occupancy charges from the landlord segment and are not specifically identified by the management reporting system. Capital expenditures that are reported by each segment also are in line with the landlord ownership basis of asset assignment.

 

The Global Financing segment amounts on page 120 for Interest income and Cost of Global Financing interest expense reflect the interest income and interest expense associated with the Global Financing business, including the intercompany financing activities discussed on page 69 as well as the income from the investment in cash and marketable securities. The explanation of the difference between Cost of Global Financing and Interest expense for segment presentation versus presentation in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings is included on page 73 of the Management Discussion.

 

119



 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SEGMENT VIEW

 

(dollars in million)

 

 

 

 

 

HARDWARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

GLOBAL
SERVICES

 

SYSTEMS
GROUP

 

PERSONAL
SYSTEMS GROUP

 

TECHNOLOGY
GROUP

 

SOFTWARE

 

GLOBAL
FINANCING

 

ENTERPRISE
INVESTMENTS

 

TOTAL
SEGMENTS

 

 

2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

16,683

 

$

2,916

 

$

1,894

 

$

5,852

 

$

5,017

 

$

35,916

 

$

69

 

$

68,347

 

Depreciation/amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

1,487

 

344

 

95

 

766

 

883

 

2,160

 

7

 

5,742

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

Capital expenditures/investment in software:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

1,753

 

301

 

109

 

940

 

691

 

2,318

 

6

 

6,118

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,349

 

 

2,349

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

653

 

 

653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

14,462

 

$

3,124

 

$

1,776

 

$

5,771

 

$

3,361

 

$

35,242

 

$

88

 

$

63,824

 

Depreciation/amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

1,213

 

335

 

116

 

1,167

 

809

 

2,413

 

8

 

6,061

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

617

 

 

 

 

617

 

 

Capital expenditures/investment in software:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

1,294

 

307

 

96

 

1,365

 

687

 

2,561

 

9

 

6,319

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

 

323

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,703

 

 

2,703

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

825

 

 

825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

10,340

 

$

3,208

 

$

1,904

 

$

9,136

 

$

3,356

 

$

36,670

 

$

106

 

$

64,720

 

Depreciation/amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

1,219

 

308

 

131

 

676

 

782

 

2,476

 

8

 

5,600

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

429

 

 

 

 

429

 

 

Capital expenditures/investment in software:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

1,519

 

390

 

128

 

1,495

 

839

 

3,143

 

7

 

7,521

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

 

360

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,941

 

 

2,941

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,140

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

120



 

Reconciliations to IBM as Reported

 

(dollars in millions)

 

AT DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

 

$

68,347

 

$

63,824

 

$

64,720

 

Elimination of internal transactions

 

(5,613

)

(5,061

)

(4,884

)

Unallocated amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and marketable securities

 

6,523

 

4,568

 

5,313

 

Notes and accounts receivable

 

3,334

 

3,553

 

2,810

 

Deferred tax assets

 

6,486

 

6,631

 

4,624

 

Plant, other property and equipment

 

3,380

 

3,239

 

3,260

 

Pension assets

 

18,416

 

15,996

 

11,398

 

Other

 

3,584

 

3,734

 

3,062

 

Total IBM consolidated

 

$

104,457

 

$

96,484

 

$

90,303

 

 

REVENUE BY CLASSES OF SIMILAR PRODUCTS OR SERVICES

 

For the Personal Systems Group, Software and Global Financing segments, the segment data on page 118 represents the revenue contributions from the products that are contained in the segments and that are basically similar in nature. The following table provides external revenue for similar classes of products within the Technology Group, Systems Group, Global Services and Enterprise Investments segments. The Technology Group segment’s OEM hardware comprises revenue primarily from the sale of semiconductors and display devices. Technology services comprise the Technology Group’s circuit design business for its OEM clients, as well as the component design services, strategic outsourcing of client’s design team work, and technology and manufacturing consulting services associated with the Engineering & Technology Services Division. The Systems Group segment’s storage comprises revenue from the Enterprise Storage Server, other disk storage products and tape subsystems. Enterprise Investments software revenue is primarily from product life-cycle management products. The following table is presented on a continuing operations basis.

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Technology Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OEM

 

$

2,546

 

$

3,612

 

$

4,805

 

Technology services

 

325

 

323

 

344

 

Systems Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servers

 

$

11,148

 

$

10,047

 

$

10,947

 

Storage

 

2,849

 

2,581

 

2,755

 

Networking products

 

5

 

18

 

41

 

Global Services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

$

37,178

 

$

31,290

 

$

29,953

 

Maintenance

 

5,457

 

5,070

 

5,003

 

Enterprise Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

$

981

 

$

916

 

$

913

 

Hardware

 

72

 

95

 

181

 

Others

 

12

 

11

 

24

 

 

MAJOR CLIENTS

 

No single client represents 10 percent or more of the company’s total revenue.

 

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

REVENUE *

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS **+

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2003

 

2002 ++

 

2001 ++

 

United States

 

$

33,762

 

$

32,759

 

$

34,233

 

$

29,594

 

$

27,819

 

$

22,658

 

Japan

 

11,694

 

10,939

 

11,512

 

2,738

 

2,814

 

4,034

 

Other countries

 

43,675

 

37,488

 

37,322

 

16,373

 

13,027

 

11,560

 

Total

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

$

83,067

 

$

48,705

 

$

43,660

 

$

38,252

 

 


*       Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of client and are for continuing operations.

**    Includes all non-current assets except non-current financial instruments and deferred tax assets.

+      At December 31.

++   Reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

121



 

FIVE-YEAR COMPARISON OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

(dollars in millions except per share amounts)

 

FOR THE YEAR:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

Revenue

 

$

89,131

 

$

81,186

 

$

83,067

 

$

85,089

 

$

83,334

 

Income from continuing operations

 

7,613

 

5,334

 

8,146

 

7,874

 

7,359

 

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations

 

(30

)

(1,755

)

(423

)

219

 

353

 

Net income

 

7,583

 

3,579

 

7,723

 

8,093

 

7,712

 

Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

4.34

 

3.07

 

4.59

 

4.32

 

3.93

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.02

)

(1.01

)

(0.24

)

0.12

 

0.19

 

Total

 

4.32

 

2.06

 

4.35

 

4.44

 

4.12

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

4.42

 

3.13

 

4.69

 

4.45

 

4.06

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.02

)

(1.03

)

(0.24

)

0.12

 

0.20

 

Total

 

4.40

 

2.10

 

4.45

 

4.58*

 

4.25*

 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

1,085

 

1,005

 

956

 

909

 

859

 

Per share of common stock

 

0.63

 

0.59

 

0.55

 

0.51

 

0.47

 

Investment in plant, rental machines and other property

 

4,398

 

5,022

 

5,660

 

5,616

 

5,959

 

Return on stockholders’ equity

 

29.9

%

15.5

%

35.3

%

40.0

%

39.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AT END OF YEAR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

104,457

 

$

96,484

 

$

90,303

 

$

90,412

 

$

89,571

 

Net investment in plant, rental machines and other property

 

14,689

 

14,440

 

16,504

 

16,714

 

17,590

 

Working capital **

 

7,098

 

7,502

 

7,484

 

7,474

 

3,577

 

Total debt

 

23,632

 

26,017

 

27,151

 

28,576

 

28,354

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

27,864

 

22,782

 

23,448

 

20,550

 

20,426

 

 


*       Does not total due to rounding.

**    Prior years reclassified to conform with 2003 presentation.

 

122



 

SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA

 

(dollars in millions except per share amounts and stock prices)

 

2003:

 

FIRST
QUARTER

 

SECOND
QUARTER

 

THIRD
QUARTER

 

FOURTH
QUARTER

 

FULL
YEAR

 

Revenue

 

$

20,065

 

$

21,631

 

$

21,522

 

$

25,913

 

$

89,131

 

Gross profit

 

7,233

 

7,998

 

7,812

 

9,975

 

33,018

 

Income from continuing operations

 

1,387

 

1,725

 

1,785

 

2,716

 

7,613

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

3

 

20

 

 

7

 

30

 

Net income

 

1,384

 

1,705

 

1,785

 

2,709

 

7,583

 

Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

0.79

 

0.98

 

1.02

 

1.56

 

4.34

**

Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.02

)**

Total

 

0.79

 

0.97

 

1.02

 

1.55+

 

4.32

**

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

0.80

 

1.00

 

1.04

 

1.59

 

4.42

**

Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.02

)**

Total

 

0.80

 

0.99

 

1.04

 

1.59

 

4.40

**

Dividends per share of common stock

 

0.15

 

0.16

 

0.16

 

0.16

 

0.63

 

Stock prices: ++

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

88.95

 

$

90.40

 

$

93.47

 

$

94.54

 

 

 

Low

 

73.17

 

78.12

 

78.73

 

87.53

 

 

 

 

2002:

 

FIRST
QUARTER

 

SECOND
QUARTER

 

THIRD
QUARTER

 

FOURTH
QUARTER

 

FULL
YEAR

 

Revenue

 

$

18,030

 

$

19,651

 

$

19,821

 

$

23,684

 

$

81,186

 

Gross profit

 

6,500

 

7,270

 

7,323

 

9,191

 

30,284

 

Income from continuing operations

 

1,284

 

445*

 

1,694

 

1,911*

 

5,334

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

92

 

389

 

381

 

893

 

1,755

 

Net income

 

1,192

 

56

 

1,313

 

1,018

 

3,579

 

Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

0.73

 

0.25

 

0.99

 

1.11

 

3.07

**

Discontinued operations

 

(0.05

)

(0.22

)

(0.22

)

(0.52

)

(1.01

)

Total

 

0.68

 

0.03

 

0.76+

 

0.59

 

2.06

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

0.75

 

0.26

 

1.00

 

1.12

 

3.13

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.05

)

(0.23

)

(0.23

)

(0.53

)

(1.03

)**

Total

 

0.69+

 

0.03

 

0.78+

 

0.60+

 

2.10

 

Dividends per share of common stock

 

0.14

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.59

 

Stock prices: ++

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

126.39

 

$

104.00

 

$

82.85

 

$

89.46

 

 

 

Low

 

95.76

 

66.10

 

57.99

 

54.01

 

 

 

 


*       The company executed special actions in the second and fourth quarter of 2002 recording charges of $1,727 million and $322 million, respectively. See note S, “2002 Actions,” on pages 105 through 107 for additional information regarding these actions.

**    Earnings Per Share (EPS) in each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter while EPS for the full year is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Thus, the sum of the four quarters’ EPS does not equal the full-year EPS.

+       Does not total due to rounding.

++    The stock prices reflect the high and low prices for IBM’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape for the last two years.

 

123



 

Board of Directors and Senior Executive Officers

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

CATHLEEN BLACK

President
Hearst Magazines

 

KENNETH I. CHENAULT

Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
American Express Company

 

CARLOS GHOSN

Co-Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Nissan Motor Co. Ltd.

 

NANNERL O. KEOHANE

President
Duke University

 

CHARLES F. KNIGHT

Chairman
Emerson Electric Co.

 

LUCIO A. NOTO

Managing Partner
Midstream Partners LLC

 

SAMUEL J. PALMISANO

Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
IBM

 

JOHN B. SLAUGHTER

President and
Chief Executive Officer
National Action Council for Minorities in Engineering, Inc.

 

JOAN E. SPERO

President
Doris Duke Charitable Foundation

 

SIDNEY TAUREL

Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Eli Lilly and Company

 

ALEX TROTMAN *

Retired Chairman
Imperial Chemical Industries PLC

 

CHARLES M. VEST

President
Massachusetts Institute
of Technology

 

LORENZO H. ZAMBRANO

Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
CEMEX, S.A. de C.V.

 


* Retiring effective April 27, 2004

 

SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

NICHOLAS M. DONOFRIO

Senior Vice President
Technology and Manufacturing

 

DOUGLAS T. ELIX

Senior Vice President and
Group Executive
Global Services

 

JESSE J. GREENE, JR.

Vice President and Treasurer

 

J. BRUCE HARRELD

Senior Vice President
Strategy

 

PAUL M. HORN

Senior Vice President
Research

 

JON C. IWATA

Senior Vice President
Communications

 

JOHN R. JOYCE

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

JOHN E. KELLY III

Senior Vice President and
Group Executive, Technology
Systems and Technology Group

 

ABBY F. KOHNSTAMM

Senior Vice President
Marketing

 

J. MICHAEL LAWRIE

Senior Vice President and
Group Executive
Sales and Distribution

 

EDWARD M. LINEEN

Senior Vice President and
General Counsel

 

MARK LOUGHRIDGE

Senior Vice President and
General Manager
Global Financing

 

J. RANDALL MACDONALD

Senior Vice President
Human Resources

 

STEVEN A. MILLS

Senior Vice President and
Group Executive
Software Group

 

ROBERT W. MOFFAT, JR.

Senior Vice President
Integrated Supply Chain

 

DANIEL E. O’DONNELL

Vice President
Assistant General Counsel
and Secretary

 

SAMUEL J. PALMISANO

Chairman of the Board
President and
Chief Executive Officer

 

LINDA S. SANFORD

Senior Vice President
Enterprise On Demand Transformation and
Information Technology

 

STEPHEN M. WARD, JR.

Senior Vice President and
General Manager
Personal Systems Group

 

ROBERT F. WOODS

Vice President and Controller

 

WILLIAM M. ZEITLER

Senior Vice President and
Group Executive, Systems
Systems and Technology Group

 

124



STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

 

IBM STOCKHOLDER SERVICES

Stockholders with questions about their accounts should contact:

EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

P.O. Box 43072

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3072

(888) IBM-6700

 

Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.

 

Stockholders can also reach EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. via e-mail at: ibm@equiserve.com

 

Hearing-impaired stockholders with access to a telecommunications device (TDD) can communicate directly with EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., by calling (800) 490-1493. Stockholders residing outstide the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call

 

IBM ON THE INTERNET

Topic featured in this Annual Report can be found via the IBM home page on the Internet (www.ibm.com). Financial results, news on IBM products, services and other activities can also be fould via that address. Stockholders of record can receive online account information and answers to frequently asked questions regarding stockholder accounts via the Internet (www.ibm.com/investor).

 

Stockholders of record can also consent to receive future IBM Annual Reports and Proxy Statements online through the Internet at this site.

 

IBM files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. Certifications by IBM's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are included in SEC reports as required.

 

IBM's website (www.ibm.com) contains a significant amount of information about IBM, including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC (www.ibm.com/investor). These materials are available free of charge on or through our website.

 

IBM's website also includes our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the charters for our Audit Committee, Executive Compensation and Management Resources Committee, and Directors and Corporate Governance Committee (www.ibm.com/investor/corporategovernance). In addition, our website contains IBM's Business Conduct Guidelines (BCGs), which is our code of business conduct and ethics for our directors, executive officers and employees. Any amendment to our BCGs that applies to our directors or executive officers will be disclosed on IBM's website, and any waiver of the BCGs for directors or executive officers may be made only by the IBM Board of Directors or a Board committee and will be disclosed on IBM's website. These materials are also available in print to any stockholder who requests them.

 

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and infomation statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

 

IBM INVESTOR SERVICES PROGRAM

The Investor Services Program brochure outlines a number of services provided for IBM stockholders and potential IBM investors, including the reinvestment of dividends, direct purchase and the deposit of IBM stock certificates for safekeeping.  Call (888) 421-8860 for a copy of the brochure.  Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.

 

Investors with other requests may write to:

IBM Corporation

Stockholder Relations

New Orchard Road

Armonk, New York 10504

 

IBM STOCK

IBM common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and on other exchanges in the United States and around the world.

 

ANNUAL MEETING

The IBM Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on Tuesday, April 27, 2004, at 10 a.m. at the Rhode Island Convention Center, One Sahin Street, Providence, Rhode Island.

 

STOCKHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

Stockholders in the United States and Canada can get quarterly financial results, listen to a summary of the Annual Meeting remarks and hear voting results from the meeting by calling (800) IBM-7800.  Callers can also request printed copies of the information via email or fax.  Stockholders residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (402) 573-9861.

 

LITERATURE FOR IBM STOCKHOLDERS

The following literature on IBM is available without charge from:

EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

P.O. Box 43072

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3072

(888) IBM-6700

 

Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.

 

The Form 10-K Annual Report and Form 10-Q Quarterly Reports to the SEC provide additional information on IBM's business.  The 10-K report is released in March; 10-Q reports are released in May, August and November.

 

An audio cassette recording of the 2003 Annual Report will be available for sight-impaired stockholders in June.

 

"What is the value of a company?  IBM Corporate Responsibility Report" reports on IBM's community relations programs and employee programs, its commitment to improving education, the company's corporate governance and management system, its health and safety programs, environmental and energy priorities, and the importance for IBM of diversity in the workplace and the marketplace.

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

For answers to general questions about IBM from within the continental United States, call (800) IBM-4YOU.  From outside the United States, call (404) 238-1234.

 

CORPORATE OFFICES

International Business Machines Corporation

New Orchard Road

Armonk, New York 10504

(914) 499-1900

 

 





QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 21

PARENTS AND SUBSIDIARIES
As of December 31, 2003

Company Name

  State or country of
incorporation or
organization

  Voting % owned
by immediate
parent

 
Registrant:          
International Business Machines Corporation   New York  
Subsidiaries:          
IBM Credit LLC   USA (Delaware)   100.00  
IBM International Foundation   USA (Delaware)   100.00  
IBM International Services Corporation   USA (Delaware)   100.00  
  IBM Business Transformation Center, S.r.l.   Costa Rica   100.00  
Tivoli Systems, Inc.   USA (Delaware)   100.00  
IBM World Trade Corporation   USA (Delaware)   100.00  
  IBM Plans Management Corporation   USA (Delaware)   87.65 (B)
  IBM Bahamas Limited   Bahamas   100.00  
  IBM Foreign Sales Corporation   Barbados   100.00  
  WTC Insurance Corporation, Ltd.   Bermuda   100.00  
  IBM Canada Credit Services Company   Canada   100.00  
  IBM Canada Limited — IBM Canada Limitee   Canada   100.00  
  IBM Argentina Sociedad Anonima   Argentina   99.99 (B)
  IBM de Bolivia, S.A.   Bolivia   99.98  
  IBM Americas Holding Limited   Bermuda   100.00  
    IBM Brasil — Industria, Maquinas e Servicos Limitada   Brazil   99.99 (B)
  IBM de Chile, S.A.C.   Chile   99.99 (B)
  IBM de Colombia, S.A.   Colombia   90.00 (B)
  IBM del Ecuador, C.A.   Ecuador   100.00  
  Grupo IBM Mexico, S.A. de C.V.   Mexico   99.99 (A)
    IBM de Mexico, S.A.   Mexico   99.99 (A)
  IBM del Peru, S.A.   Peru   99.99  
  IBM del Uruguay, S.A.   Uruguay   100.00  
  IBM de Venezuela, S.A.   Venezuela   100.00  
  IBM A/NZ Holdings Pty. Limited   Australia   100.00  
    IBM Australia Limited   Australia   100.00  
    IBM New Zealand Limited   New Zealand   100.00  
  IBM India Limited   India   99.99  
  PT IBM Indonesia   Indonesia   99.00  
  YK IBM AP Holdings   Japan   100.00  
    IBM Japan, Ltd.   Japan   100.00  
  IBM Korea, Inc.   Korea (South)   100.000  
  IBM Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.   Malaysia   100.00  
  IBM Philippines, Incorporated   Philippines   99.99 (A)
  IBM Thailand Company Limited   Thailand   99.99 (A)
  IBM Vietnam Company   Vietnam   100.00  
  IBM Bulgaria Ltd.   Bulgaria   100.00  
  IBM Croatia Ltd./IBM Hrvatska d.o.o.   Croatia   100.00  
  IBM Eesti Osauhing (IBM Estonia Ou)   Estonia   100.00  
  IBM International Treasury Services Company   Ireland   (C)
  IBM Italia S.p.A.   Italy   100.00  
    Companhia IBM Portuguesa, S.A.   Portugal   100.00  
    IBM Hellas Information Handling Systems S.A.   Greece   99.99 (B)
    IBM Israel Limited   Israel   99.99 (B)
    IBM (International Business Machines)Turk Limited Sirketi   Turkey   98.00 (B)
    IBM South Africa Group Ltd.   South Africa   100.00  
      IBM South Africa (Pty) Ltd.   South Africa   100.00  
           

  IBM East Africa Limited   Kenya   66.67 (B)
  Sabiedriba ar irobezotu atbildibu IBM Latvija   Latvia   100.00  
  IBM Lietuva   Lithuania   100.00  
  IBM Holdings B.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
    IBM China Holdings B.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
      IBM China Company Limited   P.R.C.   100.00  
      IBM China/Hong Kong Limited   Hong Kong   100.00  
    IBM Global Holdings B.V.   Netherlands   65.26 (B)
      IBM Central Holding GmbH   Germany   100.00  
        IBM Ceska Republika spol. s.r.o.   Czech Republic   100.00  
        IBM Deutschland GmbH   Germany   89.35 (B)
          IBM Oesterreich Internationale Bueromaschinen Gesellschaft m.b.H.   Austria   100.00  
          IBM (Schweiz)-IBM (Suisse)-IBM (Svizzera)-IBM (Switzerland)   Switzerland   100.00  
        IBM East Europe/Asia Ltd.   Russia   100.00  
        IBM Polska Sp.z.o.o.   Poland   100.00  
        International Business Machines Corporation Magyarorszagi Kft.   Hungary   99.93 (B)
      IBM International Holdings B.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
        IBM Ireland Limited   Ireland   100.00  
        IBM Singapore Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   100.00  
      IBM North Region Holdings   United Kingdom   99.99 (A)
        IBM Nederland N.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
        IBM United Kingdom Holdings Limited   United Kingdom   100.00  
          IBM United Kingdom Limited   United Kingdom   100.00  
    IBM International B.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
      IBM Europe Holding B.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
        Compagnie IBM France S.A.   France   100.00  
          IBM Maroc   Morocco   50.99 (B)
          IBM Tunisie   Tunisia   100.00  
    International Business Machines of Belgium S.A.   Belgium   99.99 (B)
  IBM Taiwan Holdings B.V.   Netherlands   100.00  
    IBM Taiwan Corporation   Taiwan   99.99 (B)
  IBM West Africa Limited   Nigeria   100.00  
  International Business Machines A/S   Norway   60.00 (B)
  IBM Romania Srl   Romania   100.00  
  IBM Slovensko spol s.r.o.   Slovak Republic   100.00  
  IBM Slovenija d.o.o.   Slovenia   100.00  
  International Business Machines, S.A.   Spain   99.990 (B)
  IBM Nordic Aktiebolag   Sweden   100.00  
    IBM Danmark A/S   Denmark   100.00  
    Oy International Business Machines AB   Finland   100.00  
    IBM Svenska Aktiebolag   Sweden   100.00  
  IBM Middle East FZ-LLC   United Arab Emirates   100.00  

(A)
Minor percentage held by other IBM shareholders subject to repurchase option.

(B)
Remaining percentage owned by other wholly-owned IBM company(s).

(C)
Compagnie IBM France S.A. owns 48.98%, OY International Business Machines AG owns 18.37% and IBM Danmark A/S owns 32.65% of IBM International Treasury Services Company.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 2-77235, 33-29022, 33-33458, 33-34406, 33-53777, 33-60225, 33-60227, 33-60237, 33-60815, 333-01411, 33-52931, 33-33590, 333-76914, 333-87708, 333-09055, 333-23315, 333-31305, 333-41813, 333-44981, 333-48435, 333-81157, 333-87751, 333-87859, 333-87925, 333-30424, 333-33692, 333-36510, 333-102872, 333-102870, 333-103471 and 333-104806) and the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 33-49475(1), 33-31732, 33-50537, 33-65119, 33-65119(1), 333-03763, 333-21073, 333-27669, 333-40669, 333-70521, 333-32690, 333-102603, 333-37034 and 333-101034) of International Business Machines Corporation of our report dated January 15, 2004 relating to the financial statements, which appears on page 42 of the 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated January 15, 2004 relating to the Financial Statement Schedule, which appears on page 20 of this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 8, 2004




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 2-77235, 33-29022, 33-33458, 33-34406, 33-53777, 33-60225, 33-60227, 33-60237, 33-60815, 333-01411, 33-52931, 33-33590, 333-76914, 333-87708, 333-09055, 333-23315, 333-31305, 333-41813, 333-44981, 333-48435, 333-81157, 333-87751, 333-87859, 333-87925, 333-30424, 333-33692, 333-36510, 333-102872, 333-102870, 333-103471 and 333-104806) and the Registration Statements (Form S-3 Nos. 33-49475(1), 33-31732, 33-50537, 33-65119, 33-65119(1), 333-03763, 333-21073, 333-27669, 333-40669, 333-70521, 333-32690, 333-37034, 333-101034 and 333-102603) of International Business Machines Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our report dated January 15, 2004, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2003, with respect to the statement of assets and liabilities and statement of revenues and expenses of the Business Consulting Services Reporting Unit of International Business Machines Corporation (not included therein).

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
March 8, 2004




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF SAMUEL J. PALMISANO

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell, and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ SAMUEL J. PALMISANO
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF JOHN R. JOYCE

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ JOHN R. JOYCE
John R. Joyce
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF ROBERT F. WOODS

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Vice President and Controller of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ ROBERT F. WOODS
Robert F. Woods
Vice President and Controller

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ CATHLEEN BLACK
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ KENNETH I. CHENAULT
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ NANNERL O. KEOHANE
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ CHARLES F. KNIGHT
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ LUCIO A. NOTO
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ JOHN B. SLAUGHTER
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ JOAN E. SPERO
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ SIDNEY TAUREL
Director


POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

       
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ ALEX TROTMAN
Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Law, an Annual Report for 2003 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel J. Palmisano, John R. Joyce, Edward M. Lineen, Robert F. Woods, Jesse J. Greene, Jr., Daniel E. O'Donnell and Andrew Bonzani his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said 10-K Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 24th day of February 2004.

    /s/ CHARLES M. VEST
Director



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 24.2


RESOLUTION REGARDING FILING FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

        RESOLVED, that the Form 10-K Annual Report for the year 2003 be, and hereby is, approved and that the proper Officers of the Corporation be, and they hereby are, authorized and empowered to execute by powers of attorney the Form 10-K and to make such additions, supplements and changes thereto as in their opinion may be necessary or desireable and to cause such material to be delivered to stockholders and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other appropriate regulatory agencies.




QuickLinks

RESOLUTION REGARDING FILING FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(a) OR 15D-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Samuel J. Palmisano, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of International Business Machines Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 8, 2004


 

 

 
/s/   SAMUEL J. PALMISANO       
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
   



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(a) OR 15D-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I,    John R. Joyce, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of International Business Machines Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the            audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent            functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 8, 2004


 

 

 
/s/   JOHN R. JOYCE       
John R. Joyce
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
   



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of International Business Machines Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Samuel J. Palmisano, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


/s/  
SAMUEL J. PALMISANO       
Samuel J. Palmisano
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
March 8, 2004

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to IBM and will be retained by IBM and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of International Business Machines Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John R. Joyce, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


/s/  
JOHN R. JOYCE       
John R. Joyce
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
March 8, 2004

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to IBM and will be retained by IBM and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002